Author: keichwa
Date: 2014-10-07 17:29:37 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014)
New Revision: 89751
Added:
trunk/yast/gl/po/cio.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/opensuse_mirror.gl.po
Modified:
trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/audit-laf.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-client.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/auth-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/autoinst.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/base.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/bootloader.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ca-management.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/cluster.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/control-center.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/control.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/country.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/crowbar.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/dhcp-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/dns-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/drbd.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/fcoe-client.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall-services.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/firewall.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/firstboot.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ftp-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/geo-cluster.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/gtk.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/isns.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/kdump.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/kerberos.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-client.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ldap.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/live-installer.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/lxc.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/mail.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/multipath.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses-pkg.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ncurses.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/network.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/nfs_server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/nis.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/nis_server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/ntp-client.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/oneclickinstall.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update-configuration.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/online-update.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/packager.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/pam.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/pkg-bindings.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/printer.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/product-creator.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/proxy.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/qt-pkg.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/rdp.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/rear.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/registration.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/reipl.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/relocation-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/s390.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-client.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/samba-users.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/scanner.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/security.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/services-manager.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/slp-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/snapper.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/sound.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/squid.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/sshd.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/storage.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/sudo.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/support.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/sysconfig.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/tftp-server.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/tune.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/update.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/users.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/vm.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/wagon.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/wol.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/xpram.gl.po
trunk/yast/gl/po/yast2-apparmor.gl.po
Log:
merged
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on-creator.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -178,9 +178,7 @@
#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list'
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281
msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)."
-msgstr ""
-"Número dos complementos seleccionados (usar a orde 'list' para os números de "
-"produto)."
+msgstr "Número dos complementos seleccionados (usar a orde 'list' para os números de produto)."
#. command line help text for 'changelog' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288
@@ -268,12 +266,8 @@
#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone'
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864
-msgid ""
-"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the "
-"'create' or 'clone' commands."
-msgstr ""
-"Non existe configuración dos complementos. Crear unha nova empregando as "
-"ordes \"create\" ou \"clone\""
+msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands."
+msgstr "Non existe configuración dos complementos. Crear unha nova empregando as ordes \"create\" ou \"clone\""
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876
@@ -312,19 +306,13 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Comezar a creación dunha nova configuración de complemento con "
-"<b>Engadir</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Comezar a creación dunha nova configuración de complemento con <b>Engadir</b>.</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Edit</b> para modificar a configuración do complemento "
-"seleccionado.<p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Edit</b> para modificar a configuración do complemento seleccionado.<p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164
@@ -333,12 +321,8 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with "
-"<b>Build</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Xerar un novo complemento baseado na configuración seleccionada con "
-"<b>Xerar</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Xerar un novo complemento baseado na configuración seleccionada con <b>Xerar</b>.</p>"
#. table header item
#. summary header
@@ -1077,29 +1061,18 @@
#. help text for start menu
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44
-msgid ""
-"<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
+msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Este módulo ofrece orientación para a creación dun complemento.</p>"
#. help text for start menu, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the "
-"beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla como crear un novo complemento. Pode crealo desde o principio ou "
-"basearse nun produto existente.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolla como crear un novo complemento. Pode crealo desde o principio ou basearse nun produto existente.</p>"
#. help text for start menu, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate "
-"Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the "
-"existing product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cando se basea un produto nun xa existente, revise <b>Xerar descrición de "
-"paquetes</b> para xerar unha nova descrición dos paquetes no produto "
-"existente.</p>"
+msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cando se basea un produto nun xa existente, revise <b>Xerar descrición de paquetes</b> para xerar unha nova descrición dos paquetes no produto existente.</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56
@@ -1118,12 +1091,8 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This "
-"selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla o produto ao que pode ser aplicado o novo complemento. Esta "
-"selección forma o valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> no ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolla o produto ao que pode ser aplicado o novo complemento. Esta selección forma o valor de <b>REQUIRES</b> no ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68
@@ -1132,12 +1101,8 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should "
-"form your add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM que debe formar o "
-"seu complemento.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM que debe formar o seu complemento.</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74
@@ -1146,16 +1111,8 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages "
-"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will "
-"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the "
-"patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Opcionamente escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM do "
-"produto nos que debe estar baseado o complemento. Estes paquetes non estarán "
-"contidos no complemento, pero poderían ser usados para crear os patróns "
-"posteriormente no fluxo de traballo.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Opcionamente escolla a ruta do directorio que contén os paquetes RPM do produto nos que debe estar baseado o complemento. Estes paquetes non estarán contidos no complemento, pero poderían ser usados para crear os patróns posteriormente no fluxo de traballo.</p>"
#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80
@@ -1164,62 +1121,33 @@
#. help text for content file editor, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect "
-"<b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Introduza a información requirida para identificar o complemento. "
-"Desmarque <b>Mostrar só chaves requiridas</b> para ver todos os atributos do "
-"ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Introduza a información requirida para identificar o complemento. Desmarque <b>Mostrar só chaves requiridas</b> para ver todos os atributos do ficheiro <tt>content</tt>.</p>"
#. help text for content file editor, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88
msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un ficheiro <tt>content</tt> existente."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para importar un ficheiro <tt>content</tt> existente.</p>"
#. help text for package description files
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang files) here.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Editar aquí as descricións específicas dos paquetes da cada idioma "
-"(ficheiros <tt>packages.lang</tt>).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Editar aquí as descricións específicas dos paquetes da cada idioma (ficheiros <tt>packages.lang</tt>).</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The "
-"list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the "
-"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions "
-"with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Engadir idioma</b> para engadir a descrición dun novo idioma. "
-"A lista dos idiomas dispoñibles lese desde o valor <b>LINGUAS</b> do "
-"ficheiro <tt>content</tt>. Importar un ficheiro existente coa descrición de "
-"paquetes con <b>Importar</b>. Eliminar o ficheiro de descrición con "
-"<b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Engadir idioma</b> para engadir a descrición dun novo idioma. A lista dos idiomas dispoñibles lese desde o valor <b>LINGUAS</b> do ficheiro <tt>content</tt>. Importar un ficheiro existente coa descrición de paquetes con <b>Importar</b>. Eliminar o ficheiro de descrición con <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description "
-"entries for the selected package.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar "
-"as entradas de descrición para o paquete seleccionado.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e <b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar as entradas de descrición para o paquete seleccionado.</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package "
-"Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Opcionalmente escolla a ruta para o ficheiro que proporciona "
-"<b>dependencias do paquete adicional</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
+msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente escolla a ruta para o ficheiro que proporciona <b>dependencias do paquete adicional</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
#. help text for patterns
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108
@@ -1228,212 +1156,112 @@
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an "
-"existing one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Novo</b> para crear un novo patrón ou <b>Importar</b> para "
-"importar un existente.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Novo</b> para crear un novo patrón ou <b>Importar</b> para importar un existente.</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern "
-"attributes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e<b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar "
-"atributos do patrón.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Engadir</b> e<b>Editar</b> na segunda táboa para modificar atributos do patrón.</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required "
-"for\n"
-"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when "
-"the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
+"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n"
+"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Patróns requiridos</b> se quere poñer os patróns seleccionados "
-"como\n"
-"requiridos para o complemento. Estes patróns serán preseleccionados de xeito "
-"automático cando se inicie a instalación do complemento.</p>"
+"<p>Marque <b>Patróns requiridos</b> se quere poñer os patróns seleccionados como\n"
+"requiridos para o complemento. Estes patróns serán preseleccionados de xeito automático cando se inicie a instalación do complemento.</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be "
-"created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the "
-"product in the output directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique a ruta ao directorio no que debe ser creado o complemento. "
-"Escolla <b>Crear imaxe ISO</b> para crear a imaxe ISO do produto no "
-"directorio de destino.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique a ruta ao directorio no que debe ser creado o complemento. Escolla <b>Crear imaxe ISO</b> para crear a imaxe ISO do produto no directorio de destino.</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all "
-"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Xerar rexistro de cambios</b> para xerar un ficheiro de "
-"rexistro de cambios con todos os cambios dos paquetes no complemento nos "
-"últimos dous anos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Xerar rexistro de cambios</b> para xerar un ficheiro de rexistro de cambios con todos os cambios dos paquetes no complemento nos últimos dous anos.</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. "
-"Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, "
-"licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Adapte o fluxo de traballo mediante <b>Configurar fluxo de traballo</b>. "
-"Use <b>Ficheiros opcionais</b> para configurar textos dos ficheiros "
-"<tt>README </tt>, licenzas e outros valores opcionais.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Adapte o fluxo de traballo mediante <b>Configurar fluxo de traballo</b>. Use <b>Ficheiros opcionais</b> para configurar textos dos ficheiros <tt>README </tt>, licenzas e outros valores opcionais.</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on "
-"product workflow.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aquí pode especificar os ficheiros necesarios para personalizar o fluxo "
-"de traballo do seu complemento.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aquí pode especificar os ficheiros necesarios para personalizar o fluxo de traballo do seu complemento.</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file "
-"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation."
-"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique onde está o ficheiro coa descrición do fluxo de traballo. "
-"Este ficheiro é unha alternativa a <tt>control.xml</tt> e gárdase como "
-"<tt>installation.xml no directorio de base dos complementos.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique onde está o ficheiro coa descrición do fluxo de traballo. Este ficheiro é unha alternativa a <tt>control.xml</tt> e gárdase como <tt>installation.xml no directorio de base dos complementos.</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, "
-"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are "
-"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the "
-"YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para usar os módulos personalizados de YaST durante a instalación do "
-"complemento, especifique a ruta ao ficheiro <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> onde están "
-"gardados eses módulos ou configure o contido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> "
-"especificando os paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar os paquetes</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para usar os módulos personalizados de YaST durante a instalación do complemento, especifique a ruta ao ficheiro <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> onde están gardados eses módulos ou configure o contido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando os paquetes RPM de YaST en <b>Importar os paquetes</b>.</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 1
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on "
-"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O ficheiro opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> dá información sobre o complemento "
-"que se debe amosar como un pop-up (xanela emerxente) cun botón de "
-"<b>Aceptar</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O ficheiro opcional <tt>info.txt</tt> dá información sobre o complemento que se debe amosar como un pop-up (xanela emerxente) cun botón de <b>Aceptar</b>.</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and "
-"<b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the "
-"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O texto da licenza móstrase nunha xanela cos botóns para <b>Aceptar</b> e "
-"<b>Rexeitar</b> antes de que comece a instalación. Os ficheiros coas "
-"licenzas en diferentes idiomas están comprimidos no ficheiro <tt>license."
-"zip</tt> e almacénanse no directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The text of the license is displayed in a window with <b>Agree</b> and <b>Disagree</b> buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O texto da licenza móstrase nunha xanela cos botóns para <b>Aceptar</b> e <b>Rexeitar</b> antes de que comece a instalación. Os ficheiros coas licenzas en diferentes idiomas están comprimidos no ficheiro <tt>license.zip</tt> e almacénanse no directorio <tt>media.1</tt>.</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 2
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various "
-"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on "
-"product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os ficheiros <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> e <tt>COPYING</tt> poden ter varias "
-"modificacións de idioma e almacénanse no directorio raíz do complemento.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os ficheiros <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> e <tt>COPYING</tt> poden ter varias modificacións de idioma e almacénanse no directorio raíz do complemento.</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key "
-"from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configure aquí a sinatura do complemento. Escolla unha chave secreta da "
-"lista de chaves dispoñibles ou cree unha nova con <b>Crear</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Configure aquí a sinatura do complemento. Escolla unha chave secreta da lista de chaves dispoñibles ou cree unha nova con <b>Crear</b>.</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164
msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique a frase de paso que se precisa para desbloquear a chave "
-"secreta.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique a frase de paso que se precisa para desbloquear a chave secreta.</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166
-msgid ""
-"<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with "
-"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Decida se quere <b>Asinar todos os paquetes</b> do complemento coa chave "
-"seleccionada. Todas as sinaturas do paquete previas serán eliminadas.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Decida se quere <b>Asinar todos os paquetes</b> do complemento coa chave seleccionada. Todas as sinaturas do paquete previas serán eliminadas.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique os valores necesarios para xerar o novo par de chaves "
-"primarias</p>"
+msgid "<p>Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique os valores necesarios para xerar o novo par de chaves primarias</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 "
-"and 4096 bits long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O tamaño predeterminado da chave DSA é de 1024 bits. As chaves RSA deben "
-"estar comprendidas entre 1024 e 4096 bits.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O tamaño predeterminado da chave DSA é de 1024 bits. As chaves RSA deben estar comprendidas entre 1024 e 4096 bits.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178
-msgid ""
-"<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key "
-"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, "
-"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty "
-"for a key that never expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Como <b>data de caducidade</b>, especifique o número de días despois dos "
-"cales caduca a chave. Se o número está seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, ou "
-"<tt>y</tt>, indica o número de semanas, meses ou anos. Deixe a entrada "
-"baleira para crear unha chave que nunca caduque.</p>"
+msgid "<p>As <b>Expiration Date</b>, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Como <b>data de caducidade</b>, especifique o número de días despois dos cales caduca a chave. Se o número está seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, ou <tt>y</tt>, indica o número de semanas, meses ou anos. Deixe a entrada baleira para crear unha chave que nunca caduque.</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the "
-"user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Empregue <b>Nome</b>, <b>Comentario</b>, e <b>Enderezo de correo-e</b> "
-"para ofrecer identificación do usuario con que será asociada a nova chave."
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Name</b>, <b>Comment</b>, and <b>E-Mail Address</b> to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Empregue <b>Nome</b>, <b>Comentario</b>, e <b>Enderezo de correo-e</b> para ofrecer identificación do usuario con que será asociada a nova chave.</p>"
#. help text for overview dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Revise aquí o resumo dos datos para xerar o complemento.</p>"
#. help text for overview dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Prema <b>Finalizar</b> para crear o complemento no directorio de destino.."
-"</p>"
+msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Prema <b>Finalizar</b> para crear o complemento no directorio de destino..</p>"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113
@@ -1542,8 +1370,7 @@
#. help text for content file 'NAME' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152
msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply."
-msgstr ""
-"Para uso interno. Aplícanse algunhas restriccións nos nomes dos paquetes."
+msgstr "Para uso interno. Aplícanse algunhas restriccións nos nomes dos paquetes."
#. label of content file BASEARCHS key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160
@@ -1552,13 +1379,8 @@
#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-"
-"release packages architectures. "
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de arquitecturas de produtos separadas por un espazo. Atopa os "
-"paquetes dispoñibles para as arquitecturas soportadas pola versión do "
-"produto. "
+msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. "
+msgstr "Lista de arquitecturas de produtos separadas por un espazo. Atopa os paquetes dispoñibles para as arquitecturas soportadas pola versión do produto. "
#. label of content file 'VERSION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172
@@ -1568,8 +1390,7 @@
#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176
msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>."
-msgstr ""
-"Versión do produto e lanzamento como un RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>."
+msgstr "Versión do produto e lanzamento como un RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>."
#. table item label
#. table item label
@@ -1584,14 +1405,8 @@
#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used "
-"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, "
-"version and architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"Algunhas liñas indican a distribución. A mesma liña é máis probable que sexa "
-"empregada nos .rpms para indicar a distribución. Habitualmente formada polo "
-"nome, versión e arquitectura."
+msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture."
+msgstr "Algunhas liñas indican a distribución. A mesma liña é máis probable que sexa empregada nos .rpms para indicar a distribución. Habitualmente formada polo nome, versión e arquitectura."
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201
@@ -1601,8 +1416,7 @@
#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206
msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)."
-msgstr ""
-"Directorio de descrición do paquete (relativo ao directorio do produto)."
+msgstr "Directorio de descrición do paquete (relativo ao directorio do produto)."
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214
@@ -1621,12 +1435,8 @@
#. help text for content file '' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227
-msgid ""
-"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no "
-"default language can be determined."
-msgstr ""
-"Etiquetas codifcadas en UTF-8. A etiqueta predeterminada se se omite "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b> ou se non se pode determinar o idioma por defecto."
+msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if <b>LINGUAS</b> is omitted or no default language can be determined."
+msgstr "Etiquetas codifcadas en UTF-8. A etiqueta predeterminada se se omite <b>LINGUAS</b> ou se non se pode determinar o idioma por defecto."
#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234
@@ -1695,14 +1505,8 @@
#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304
-msgid ""
-"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the "
-"<b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching "
-"<b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected."
-msgstr ""
-"UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> ten a mesma sintaxe que os valores "
-"de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma en <b>LINGUAS</b>, agárdase unha "
-"<b>LABEL.lang</b> ."
+msgid "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the <b>LINGUAS</b> values. For each language in <b>LINGUAS</b>, a matching <b>LABEL.lang</b> is expected."
+msgstr "UTF-8-encoded <b>LABEL</b>. <tt>lang</tt> ten a mesma sintaxe que os valores de <b>LINGUAS</b>. Para cada idioma en <b>LINGUAS</b>, agárdase unha <b>LABEL.lang</b> ."
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328
msgid "Architecture"
@@ -1740,13 +1544,8 @@
#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366
-msgid ""
-"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories "
-"are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
-msgstr ""
-"Categoría dunha liña no idioma predeterminado usado para os patróns de "
-"grupo. As categorías están pensadas para os usuarios e poden ser "
-"especificadas con liberdade."
+msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
+msgstr "Categoría dunha liña no idioma predeterminado usado para os patróns de grupo. As categorías están pensadas para os usuarios e poden ser especificadas con liberdade."
#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370
@@ -1780,11 +1579,8 @@
#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
-msgstr ""
-"Estes paquetes instálanse por defecto pero poden ser eliminados sen "
-"problemas."
+msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
+msgstr "Estes paquetes instálanse por defecto pero poden ser eliminados sen problemas."
#. label for 'Prs' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408
@@ -1796,12 +1592,8 @@
#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712
-msgid ""
-"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency "
-"resolution."
-msgstr ""
-"Trátase só de suxerencias para unha aplicación que non se xestionan durante "
-"a resolución de dependencias."
+msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution."
+msgstr "Trátase só de suxerencias para unha aplicación que non se xestionan durante a resolución de dependencias."
#. label for 'Ico' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418
@@ -1812,20 +1604,10 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420
msgid ""
"If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n"
-" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename "
-"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is "
-"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/"
-"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/"
-"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/"
-"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
+" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
msgstr ""
"Se non se especifica, emprégase o nome do patrón\n"
-"no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o nome "
-"do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a extensión ."
-"png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta de temas da "
-"icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, "
-"logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Rutas absolutas e "
-"relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) están permitidas."
+"no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o nome do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a extensión .png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta de temas da icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Rutas absolutas e relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) están permitidas."
#. label for 'Ord' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429
@@ -1834,12 +1616,8 @@
#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing "
-"multiple patterns in the user interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Este valor enteiro de tres díxitos define a orde do patrón cando se listan "
-"múltiples patróns na interface do usuario."
+msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface."
+msgstr "Este valor enteiro de tres díxitos define a orde do patrón cando se listan múltiples patróns na interface do usuario."
#. label for 'Req' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441
@@ -1858,16 +1636,8 @@
#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and "
-"edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability "
-"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-msgstr ""
-"Atributos que ofrece este patrón. Poden se empregados para atopar "
-"<b>REQUIRES</b> desde outros. Cada resolución ten un atributo por defecto "
-"partindo do seu nome e edición. Por exemplo, o paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> "
-"ofrece o atributo <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
+msgstr "Atributos que ofrece este patrón. Poden se empregados para atopar <b>REQUIRES</b> desde outros. Cada resolución ten un atributo por defecto partindo do seu nome e edición. Por exemplo, o paquete <i>bar-1.42-1</i> ofrece o atributo <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
#. label for 'Con' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461
@@ -1876,12 +1646,8 @@
#. help text for 'Con' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463
-msgid ""
-"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that "
-"provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Este patrón non debe ser instalado se a solución especificada ou un dos "
-"atributos ofrecidos está instalado."
+msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
+msgstr "Este patrón non debe ser instalado se a solución especificada ou un dos atributos ofrecidos está instalado."
#. label for 'Obs' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471
@@ -1904,12 +1670,8 @@
#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483
-msgid ""
-"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no "
-"error is shown."
-msgstr ""
-"Unha versión débil de REQUIRES. Se os patróns recomendados non poden ser "
-"instalados, no se mostrará ningún erro."
+msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown."
+msgstr "Unha versión débil de REQUIRES. Se os patróns recomendados non poden ser instalados, no se mostrará ningún erro."
#. label for 'Sup' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491
@@ -1918,14 +1680,8 @@
#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493
-msgid ""
-"A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability "
-"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. "
-"Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
-msgstr ""
-"Un <b>Rec</b> reversivo. Este patrón instálase se a capacidade proporcionada "
-"é ofrecida por algunha resolución instalada. A resolución de dependencias "
-"instalarao. A desinstalación acéptase sen intervención do usuario."
+msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
+msgstr "Un <b>Rec</b> reversivo. Este patrón instálase se a capacidade proporcionada é ofrecida por algunha resolución instalada. A resolución de dependencias instalarao. A desinstalación acéptase sen intervención do usuario."
#. label for 'Sug' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501
@@ -1939,12 +1695,8 @@
#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513
-msgid ""
-"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern "
-"specified here is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Tense só en conta o actual patrón para a instalación se o patrón "
-"especificado aquí está instalado."
+msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed."
+msgstr "Tense só en conta o actual patrón para a instalación se o patrón especificado aquí está instalado."
#. label for 'Ext' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523
@@ -2003,12 +1755,8 @@
#. help text for 'Ins' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a "
-"test version warning or a commercial license."
-msgstr ""
-"Unha mensaxe informal móstrase ao usuario cando se selecciona o paquete, "
-"tanto a advertencia nunha versión de proba como unha licenza comercial."
+msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license."
+msgstr "Unha mensaxe informal móstrase ao usuario cando se selecciona o paquete, tanto a advertencia nunha versión de proba como unha licenza comercial."
#. label for 'Del' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608
@@ -2017,13 +1765,8 @@
#. help text for 'Del' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610
-msgid ""
-"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for "
-"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
-msgstr ""
-"Unha mensaxe informal que se mostra ao usuario se o paquete se selecciona "
-"para ser eliminado, así como unha advertencia de que o sistema non é usable "
-"sen o paquete."
+msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
+msgstr "Unha mensaxe informal que se mostra ao usuario se o paquete se selecciona para ser eliminado, así como unha advertencia de que o sistema non é usable sen o paquete."
#. label for 'Eul' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617
@@ -2032,12 +1775,8 @@
#. help text for 'Eul' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619
-msgid ""
-"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If "
-"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Texto da EULA. Este texto amósase antes da instalación do paquete. Se o "
-"usuario non acepta o EULA, o paquete non se instala."
+msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
+msgstr "Texto da EULA. Este texto amósase antes da instalación do paquete. Se o usuario non acepta o EULA, o paquete non se instala."
#. label of key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660
@@ -2046,12 +1785,8 @@
#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662
-msgid ""
-"<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product "
-"requirements.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Resolucións que deben estar instaladas no sistema para coñecer os "
-"requerimentos deste produto.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Resolucións que deben estar instaladas no sistema para coñecer os requerimentos deste produto.</p>"
#. label of PROVIDES key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670
@@ -2060,12 +1795,8 @@
#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672
-msgid ""
-"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires from others."
-msgstr ""
-"Capacidades que ofrece este produto. Poden usarse para axustarse aos "
-"<b>requerimentos</b> de outros."
+msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others."
+msgstr "Capacidades que ofrece este produto. Poden usarse para axustarse aos <b>requerimentos</b> de outros."
#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680
@@ -2074,12 +1805,8 @@
#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682
-msgid ""
-"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that "
-"provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta resolución non se pode instalar se a resolución especificada ou unha "
-"que ofreza a capacidade está instalada."
+msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
+msgstr "Esta resolución non se pode instalar se a resolución especificada ou unha que ofreza a capacidade está instalada."
#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690
@@ -2088,12 +1815,8 @@
#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692
-msgid ""
-"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a "
-"name matching this keyword."
-msgstr ""
-"Cando esta resolución está instalada, desinstala calquera outra resolución "
-"cun nome onde se atope esta palabra clave."
+msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword."
+msgstr "Cando esta resolución está instalada, desinstala calquera outra resolución cun nome onde se atope esta palabra clave."
#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700
@@ -2102,13 +1825,8 @@
#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702
-msgid ""
-"A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill "
-"<b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"Unha versión pouco sólida de <b>necesidades</b>. Fíxose un intento para "
-"levar a cabo <b>RECOMENDACIÓNS</b>, pero ignóranse silenciosamente se non é "
-"posible atopar algunha coincidencia."
+msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
+msgstr "Unha versión pouco sólida de <b>necesidades</b>. Fíxose un intento para levar a cabo <b>RECOMENDACIÓNS</b>, pero ignóranse silenciosamente se non é posible atopar algunha coincidencia."
#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710
@@ -2137,11 +1855,8 @@
#. help text for 'productline' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747
-msgid ""
-"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs "
-"and versions."
-msgstr ""
-"Unha abreviatura do produto que non cambia entre service packs e versións."
+msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions."
+msgstr "Unha abreviatura do produto que non cambia entre service packs e versións."
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754
@@ -2155,12 +1870,8 @@
#. help text for media type
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761
-msgid ""
-"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, "
-"ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
-msgstr ""
-"Tipo de medio que se empregará para o produto. Os posibles valores son: cd, "
-"ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
+msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
+msgstr "Tipo de medio que se empregará para o produto. Os posibles valores son: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768
@@ -2170,8 +1881,7 @@
#. help text for media type
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770
msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live"
-msgstr ""
-"Descrición da versión do produto ou variante dun produto, p.e. DVD, FTP, Live"
+msgstr "Descrición da versión do produto ou variante dun produto, p.e. DVD, FTP, Live"
#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694
@@ -2360,9 +2070,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The value of NAME may contain only\n"
#~| "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The value of NAME may contain only\\nletters, numbers, and the characters "
-#~ "\".~_-\"."
+#~ msgid "The value of NAME may contain only\\nletters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O valor de NAME debe conter só\n"
#~ "letras, números e os caracteres \".~_-\"."
@@ -2380,8 +2088,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n"
#~| "Choose another one."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The package description file is named incorrectly.\\nChoose another one."
+#~ msgid "The package description file is named incorrectly.\\nChoose another one."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O ficheiro de descrición ten un nome incorrecto.\n"
#~ "Escolla outro."
@@ -2399,9 +2106,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n"
#~| "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\\nYou must enter at "
-#~ "least one of them to provide user identification.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\\nYou must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Os valores de nome, comentario e enderezo de correo-e están baleiros.\n"
#~ "Debe introducir alomenos un deles para identificar ao usuario.\n"
@@ -2410,9 +2115,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n"
#~| "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\\nthe OS a chance to "
-#~ "collect more entropy.\\n"
+#~ msgid "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\\nthe OS a chance to collect more entropy.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se tarda moito, faga algún traballo para dar\n"
#~ "ó S.O. unha oportunidade para obter máis entropía.\n"
@@ -2430,8 +2133,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Creando o complemento</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Por favor espere...<br></p>\n"
@@ -2447,27 +2149,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as "
-#~| "required for\n"
-#~| "the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected "
-#~| "when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required "
-#~ "for\\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically "
-#~ "preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
+#~| "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n"
+#~| "the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Revise o <b>patrón requirido</b> para marcar o patrón seleccionado "
-#~ "como requirido\n"
-#~ "para o complemento. Dito patrón será automaticamente preseleccionado en "
-#~ "canto comece a instalación do complemento.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Revise o <b>patrón requirido</b> para marcar o patrón seleccionado como requirido\n"
+#~ "para o complemento. Dito patrón será automaticamente preseleccionado en canto comece a instalación do complemento.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Such a pattern already exists.\n"
#~| "Choose a different name or architecture.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different name or architecture."
-#~ "\\n"
+#~ msgid "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different name or architecture.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O citado patrón xa existe.\n"
#~ "Escolla un nome ou unha arquitectura diferente.\n"
@@ -2493,37 +2186,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n"
-#~| " instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the "
-#~| "filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If "
-#~| "no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path "
-#~| "(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/"
-#~| "YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to "
-#~| "the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \\n instead (with blanks in the "
-#~ "name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png "
-#~ "or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are "
-#~ "searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/"
-#~ "icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). "
-#~ "Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/"
-#~ "current/) are allowed."
+#~| " instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
+#~ msgid "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \\n instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se non se especifica, emprégase o nome do patrón\n"
-#~ "no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o "
-#~ "nome do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a "
-#~ "extensión .png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta "
-#~ "de temas da icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/"
-#~ "icons/32x32/apps/, logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/"
-#~ "apps/). Rutas absolutas e relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/"
-#~ "theme/current/) están permitidas."
+#~ "no seu lugar (os espazos no nome son reemplazados por subliñados). Se o nome do ficheiro non inclúe unha extensión .png ou .jpg, engadirase a extensión .png. Se non se especifica patrón, buscaranse as iconas na ruta de temas da icona (en primeiro lugar /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, logo /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Rutas absolutas e relativas (á ruta do tema /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) están permitidas."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n"
#~| "other patterns marked as obsolete here."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \\nother patterns "
-#~ "marked as obsolete here."
+#~ msgid "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \\nother patterns marked as obsolete here."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Cando este patrón está instalado, desinstala calquera \n"
#~ "outro patrón marcado aquí como obsoleto."
@@ -2531,16 +2204,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n"
#~ msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Agarde mentres se xeran os datos para o complemento...</b><br/>\n"
+#~ msgstr "<b>Agarde mentres se xeran os datos para o complemento...</b><br/>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n"
#~| "Release package will not be generated."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\\nRelease package will "
-#~ "not be generated."
+#~ msgid "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\\nRelease package will not be generated."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fallo ao instalar o paquete obs-productconverter.\n"
#~ "O paquete do lanzamento non se xerará."
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/add-on.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -50,8 +50,7 @@
"Axuda do Módulo de complementos\n"
"------------------\n"
"\n"
-"Para engadir un novo complemento mediante a liña de ordes, use esta "
-"sintaxis:\n"
+"Para engadir un novo complemento mediante a liña de ordes, use esta sintaxis:\n"
" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n"
"URL é a ruta ao código fonte do complemento.\n"
"\n"
@@ -64,12 +63,8 @@
"dvd://\n"
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile=Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the "
-#~ "list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just "
-#~ "click on its \"checkbox\".</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>
Vista Xeral</h1><p>Seleccione un "
-#~ "parche na lista para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar un parche, "
-#~ "marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>
Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\".</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>
Vista Xeral</h1><p>Seleccione un parche na lista para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar un parche, marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>
Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using "
-#~ "the groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see "
-#~ "more information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just "
-#~ "click on its \"checkbox\".</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>
Vista Xeral</h1><p>Explore paquetes "
-#~ "utilizando os grupos na esquerda.</p><p>Seleccione un paquete da lista "
-#~ "para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar ou desinstalar un paquete, "
-#~ "marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>
Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\".</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>
Vista Xeral</h1><p>Explore paquetes utilizando os grupos na esquerda.</p><p>Seleccione un paquete da lista para ver máis información.</p><p>Para instalar ou desinstalar un paquete, marque na súa \"caixa de comprobación\".</p>"
#~ msgid "Priorities"
#~ msgstr "Prioridades"
@@ -304,8 +289,7 @@
#~ msgid "Install anyway?"
#~ msgstr "Instalar de calquera xeito?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually."
+#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually."
#~ msgstr "Hai algúns conflitos na transacción que se deben resolver a man."
#~ msgid "Changes not saved!"
@@ -317,12 +301,8 @@
#~ msgid "Unsupported packages"
#~ msgstr "Paquetes non soportados"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or "
-#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Teña en conta que o seguinte software, non teñen asistencia técnica ou "
-#~ "cómpre un contrato de asistencia técnica adicional."
+#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+#~ msgstr "Teña en conta que o seguinte software, non teñen asistencia técnica ou cómpre un contrato de asistencia técnica adicional."
#~ msgid "Online Update"
#~ msgstr "Actualización con conexión"
@@ -333,215 +313,50 @@
#~ msgid "Please wait..."
#~ msgstr "Agarde..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update "
-#~ "applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed "
-#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a "
-#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is "
-#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such "
-#~ "underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-"
-#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own "
-#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1><p> Esta ferramenta permítelle instalar, desinstalar ou "
-#~ "actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O Software no &product; están divididos e "
-#~ "distribuídos a xeito de paquetes. Así, se varios aplicativos necesitasen "
-#~ "un ficheiro de sistema en común, este estará dispoñíbel no seu propio "
-#~ "paquete e instalarase unha soa vez, se é preciso. O usuario non necesita "
-#~ "preocuparse de tales <i>dependencias</i>. Do mesmo xeito, os engadidos e "
-#~ "outros datos non esenciais dun aplicativo determinado están dispoñíbeis "
-#~ "nos seus propios paquetes, de xeito que o usuario poida instalalos "
-#~ "soamente cando sexa necesario.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1><p> Esta ferramenta permítelle instalar, desinstalar ou actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O Software no &product; están divididos e distribuídos a xeito de paquetes. Así, se varios aplicativos necesitasen un ficheiro de sistema en común, este estará dispoñíbel no seu propio paquete e instalarase unha soa vez, se é preciso. O usuario non necesita preocuparse de tales <i>dependencias</i>. Do mesmo xeito, os engadidos e outros datos non esenciais dun aplicativo determinado están dispoñíbeis nos seus propios paquetes, de xeito que o usuario poida instalalos soamente cando sexa necesario.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug "
-#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other "
-#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for "
-#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-engadido-"
-#~ "</b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>,"
-#~ "<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu "
-#~ "idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa "
-#~ "necesario).</li></ul>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-engadido-</b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-</b>: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo</b>: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>,<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa necesario).</li></ul>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages "
-#~ "that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will "
-#~ "be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-"
-#~ "bottom box.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Os paquetes instalados no seu sistema e aqueles dispoñíbeis nos "
-#~ "<i>repositorios</i> configurados hanse listar xuntos. Filtros de "
-#~ "<i>estado</i> están dispoñíbeis na caixa localizada na parte inferior á "
-#~ "dereita. </p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Os paquetes instalados no seu sistema e aqueles dispoñíbeis nos <i>repositorios</i> configurados hanse listar xuntos. Filtros de <i>estado</i> están dispoñíbeis na caixa localizada na parte inferior á dereita. </p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local "
-#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find "
-#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can "
-#~ "also be accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<blockquote>Un repositorio é un medio de paquetes. Pode ser local (como o "
-#~ "CD de instalación) ou un servidor remoto. Pode atopar unha utilidade para "
-#~ "configurar repositorios no centro de control de YaST, ao que tamén se "
-#~ "pode acceder mediante o elemento de menú <b>Configuración > Repositorios.</blockquote>"
+#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item.</blockquote>"
+#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Un repositorio é un medio de paquetes. Pode ser local (como o CD de instalación) ou un servidor remoto. Pode atopar unha utilidade para configurar repositorios no centro de control de YaST, ao que tamén se pode acceder mediante o elemento de menú <b>Configuración > Repositorios</b>.</blockquote>"
#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>"
#~ msgstr "<h1>Uso</h1>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are "
-#~ "listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the "
-#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates "
-#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an "
-#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in "
-#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is "
-#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made "
-#~ "available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right "
-#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be "
-#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be "
-#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the "
-#~ "<b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version "
-#~ "of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your "
-#~ "changes to be performed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h2>Lapelas Instalar, Actualizar, Desinstalar, Desfacer<h2><p>Todos os "
-#~ "paquetes están listados xuntos, a menos que teña seleccionado un filtro "
-#~ "de <i>estado</i> na caixa localizada na parte inferior dereita. A caixa "
-#~ "de verificación que está máis preto ao nome do paquete informa se está "
-#~ "instalado ou non. Se unha versión máis recente do paquete estivese "
-#~ "dispoñíbel, o texto da versión aparecerá realzado en azul e haberá un "
-#~ "botón de anovación preto. O texto estará realzado en vermello se a "
-#~ "versión non estivese dispoñíbel xa en ningún dos repositorios "
-#~ "configurados.</p><p>O menú contextual (prema co botón dereito sobre un "
-#~ "paquete) fornece opcións extras. A opción <b>Desfacer</b> pódese empregar "
-#~ "para reverter calquera cambio realizado. Pódense seleccionar varios "
-#~ "paquetes (coa tecla Control) e modificalos á vez.</p><p>Use a lista "
-#~ "<b>Versión</b> sobre a caixa de descrición para seleccionar unha versión "
-#~ "determinada dun paquete.</p><p>Prema en <p>Aplicar</p> cando desexe que "
-#~ "se apliquen os cambios realizados.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h2>Lapelas Instalar, Actualizar, Desinstalar, Desfacer<h2><p>Todos os paquetes están listados xuntos, a menos que teña seleccionado un filtro de <i>estado</i> na caixa localizada na parte inferior dereita. A caixa de verificación que está máis preto ao nome do paquete informa se está instalado ou non. Se unha versión máis recente do paquete estivese dispoñíbel, o texto da versión aparecerá realzado en azul e haberá un botón de anovación preto. O texto estará realzado en vermello se a versión non estivese dispoñíbel xa en ningún dos repositorios configurados.</p><p>O menú contextual (prema co botón dereito sobre un paquete) fornece opcións extras. A opción <b>Desfacer</b> pódese empregar para reverter calquera cambio realizado. Pódense seleccionar varios paquetes (coa tecla Control) e modificalos á vez.</p><p>Use a lista <b>Versión</b> sobre a caixa de descrición para seleccionar unha versión determinada dun paquete.</p><p>Prema en <p>Aplicar
</p> cando desexe que se apliquen os cambios realizados.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes "
-#~ "via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: "
-#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it "
-#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that "
-#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not."
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h2>Bloquear software</h2><p> Os paquetes poden ser bloqueados contra "
-#~ "cambios automáticos mediante o menú contextual.</p><p> O bloqueo de "
-#~ "paquetes só é útil en casos bastante pouco frecuentes: por exemplo, cando "
-#~ "non quere instalar determinado controlador porque interfire co seu "
-#~ "sistema, pero desexa instalar algunha colección que o inclúe. Os bloqueos "
-#~ "pódense aplicar independentemente de que o paquete estea instalado ou non."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h2>Bloquear software</h2><p> Os paquetes poden ser bloqueados contra cambios automáticos mediante o menú contextual.</p><p> O bloqueo de paquetes só é útil en casos bastante pouco frecuentes: por exemplo, cando non quere instalar determinado controlador porque interfire co seu sistema, pero desexa instalar algunha colección que o inclúe. Os bloqueos pódense aplicar independentemente de que o paquete estea instalado ou non.</p>"
#~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>"
#~ msgstr "<h3>Filtros</h3>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their "
-#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the "
-#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word "
-#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by "
-#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return "
-#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like "
-#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes "
-#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Buscar</h3><p>Teclee un texto no campo da busca para combinar os seus "
-#~ "nomes e descricións. (Unha busca por 'office' dará como resultado os "
-#~ "paquetes 'LibreOffice' e os de 'Abiword', que conteñen a palabra 'office' "
-#~ "na descrición). Pode buscar por varias palabras chave separándoas cun "
-#~ "espazo en branco (exemplo: 'spread sheet' devolvería 'libreoffice-calc'). "
-#~ "Pode empregar a busca combinada cun filtro, como a busca por un paquete "
-#~ "nun determinado repositorio. Fornécense outros atributos de busca, como "
-#~ "buscar por un ficheiro indicado.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Buscar</h3><p>Teclee un texto no campo da busca para combinar os seus nomes e descricións. (Unha busca por 'office' dará como resultado os paquetes 'LibreOffice' e os de 'Abiword', que conteñen a palabra 'office' na descrición). Pode buscar por varias palabras chave separándoas cun espazo en branco (exemplo: 'spread sheet' devolvería 'libreoffice-calc'). Pode empregar a busca combinada cun filtro, como a busca por un paquete nun determinado repositorio. Fornécense outros atributos de busca, como buscar por un ficheiro indicado.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find "
-#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software "
-#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is "
-#~ "provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Grupos</h3><p>O software do &product; indéxase para que poida atopar "
-#~ "software para unha tarefa concreta cando non é consciente da selección de "
-#~ "software dispoñíbel. Fornécese unha clasificación máis detallada, "
-#~ "xerárquica, co filtro <b>Grupos RPM</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3><p>O software do &product; indéxase para que poida atopar software para unha tarefa concreta cando non é consciente da selección de software dispoñíbel. Fornécese unha clasificación máis detallada, xerárquica, co filtro <b>Grupos RPM</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented "
-#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation "
-#~ "of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various "
-#~ "packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a "
-#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool "
-#~ "from the YaST control center.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h3>Patróns e idiomas</h3><p><b>Patróns</b> son coleccións orientadas a "
-#~ "tarefas de varios paquetes que se instalan como se fosen un so. A "
-#~ "instalación do patrón <i>Servidor de ficheiros</i>, por exemplo, "
-#~ "instalará varios paquetes necesarios para executar tal servidor.</p><p>Se "
-#~ "quere instalar determinado idioma, pódeo realizar mediante a ferramenta "
-#~ "<b>Idioma</b> no centro de control de YaST.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h3>Patróns e idiomas</h3><p><b>Patróns</b> son coleccións orientadas a tarefas de varios paquetes que se instalan como se fosen un so. A instalación do patrón <i>Servidor de ficheiros</i>, por exemplo, instalará varios paquetes necesarios para executar tal servidor.</p><p>Se quere instalar determinado idioma, pódeo realizar mediante a ferramenta <b>Idioma</b> no centro de control de YaST.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available "
-#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more "
-#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only "
-#~ "available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version "
-#~ "of the package to install from this box.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h2>Detalles do software na caixa de abaixo</h2><p>Explore a información "
-#~ "dispoñíbel sobre o paquete na caixa de abaixo. Observe que, se o paquete "
-#~ "estivese instalado, estaría á súa disposición máis información desde o "
-#~ "repositorio.</p> <p>Nesta caixa pode escoller unha versión determinada do "
-#~ "paquete a instalar.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h2>Detalles do software na caixa de abaixo</h2><p>Explore a información dispoñíbel sobre o paquete na caixa de abaixo. Observe que, se o paquete estivese instalado, estaría á súa disposición máis información desde o repositorio.</p> <p>Nesta caixa pode escoller unha versión determinada do paquete a instalar.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking "
-#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the "
-#~ "system.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Esta ferramenta fornécelle control na visualización "
-#~ "e escolla de paquetes. Vostede tamén pode reverter parches aplicados ao "
-#~ "sistema.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Esta ferramenta fornécelle control na visualización e escolla de paquetes. Vostede tamén pode reverter parches aplicados ao sistema.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be "
-#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes "
-#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)<li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.<li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Categorías</h2><p>Os parches agrúpanse da seguinte "
-#~ "maneira:</p><ul><li><b>Seguridade</b>: soluciona fallos que poidan ser "
-#~ "explotados para obter privilexios restrinxidos.</li><li><b>Recomendados: solución a fallos non relacionados coa seguridade (ex: corrupción de "
-#~ "datos, problemas de rendemento)</li><li><b>Opcionais</b>: aqueles que só "
-#~ "se aplican a algúns usuarios.</li><li><b>Documentación</b>: corrixe erros "
-#~ "na documentación.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: parches para as ferramentas do "
-#~ "centro de control de YaST.</li></ul>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Categorías</h2><p>Os parches agrúpanse da seguinte maneira:</p><ul><li><b>Seguridade</b>: soluciona fallos que poidan ser explotados para obter privilexios restrinxidos.</li><li><b>Recomendados</b>: solución a fallos non relacionados coa seguridade (ex: corrupción de datos, problemas de rendemento)</li><li><b>Opcionais</b>: aqueles que só se aplican a algúns usuarios.</li><li><b>Documentación</b>: corrixe erros na documentación.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: parches para as ferramentas do centro de control de YaST.</li></ul>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be "
-#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.<p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check "
-#~ "for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Só estarán visíbeis os parches aplicábeis ao seu sistema. Pode ter "
-#~ "certeza de que a decisión de poñer á súa disposición un parche non é "
-#~ "trivial. </p><p>Se está buscando melloras nos aplicativos, debe verificar "
-#~ "as <i>anovacións</i> no <b>Xestor de software</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Só estarán visíbeis os parches aplicábeis ao seu sistema. Pode ter certeza de que a decisión de poñer á súa disposición un parche non é trivial. </p><p>Se está buscando melloras nos aplicativos, debe verificar as <i>anovacións</i> no <b>Xestor de software</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
#~ msgstr "Só hai información dispoñíbel para os paquetes instalados."
@@ -780,12 +595,8 @@
#~ msgid "Export to"
#~ msgstr "Exportar a"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-#~ "dependencies resolver."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Use isto para xerar rexistros detallados para axudar a rastrexar os "
-#~ "fallos no resolvedor de dependencias."
+#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver."
+#~ msgstr "Use isto para xerar rexistros detallados para axudar a rastrexar os fallos no resolvedor de dependencias."
#~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:"
#~ msgstr "Os rexistros vanse hanse gardar no directorio:"
@@ -800,8 +611,7 @@
#~ msgstr "O caso de proba do resolvedor de dependencias escribiuse en:"
#~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Crear tamén o arquivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexar en bugzilla?"
+#~ msgstr "Crear tamén o arquivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexar en bugzilla?"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n"
@@ -894,13 +704,11 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to "
-#~ "keep."
+#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Instalado: non foi posíbel desinstalar un patrón.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Debe desinstalar de xeito manual os paquetes individuais que non quere "
-#~ "manter durante máis tempo."
+#~ "Debe desinstalar de xeito manual os paquetes individuais que non quere manter durante máis tempo."
#~ msgid "Candidate provides:"
#~ msgstr "Candidato fornece:"
@@ -916,12 +724,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n"
-#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd "
-#~ "tool)"
+#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<b>Busca de paquetes:</b> Use espazos para separar as palabras clave.\n"
-#~ "(exemplo de uso: unha busca por \"yast dhcp\" correspondería coa "
-#~ "ferramenta dhcp de yast)"
+#~ "(exemplo de uso: unha busca por \"yast dhcp\" correspondería coa ferramenta dhcp de yast)"
#~ msgid "Name & Summary"
#~ msgstr "Nome e resumo"
@@ -936,12 +742,10 @@
#~ msgstr "por"
#~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "%sEstán dispoñíbeis patróns%s correspondentes co seu criterio de busca."
+#~ msgstr "%sEstán dispoñíbeis patróns%s correspondentes co seu criterio de busca."
#~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "A busca polo nome do ficheiro só é aplicable aos paquetes instalados."
+#~ msgstr "A busca polo nome do ficheiro só é aplicable aos paquetes instalados."
#~ msgid "view all changes"
#~ msgstr "ver todas os cambios."
@@ -1000,12 +804,8 @@
#~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar dependencias innecesarias"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, "
-#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Isto é unha lista que comprende todas as dependencias que xa non se usan. "
-#~ "Non é exacta nin sistemática. Empregar con coidado."
+#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care."
+#~ msgstr "Isto é unha lista que comprende todas as dependencias que xa non se usan. Non é exacta nin sistemática. Empregar con coidado."
#~ msgid "Remove All"
#~ msgstr "Desinstalar todo"
@@ -1091,9 +891,7 @@
#~ msgid "Reboot required:"
#~ msgstr "Reinicio requirido:"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take "
-#~ "effect."
+#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect."
#~ msgstr "o sistema precisa reiniciarse para que este parche teña efecto."
#~ msgid "Relogin required:"
@@ -1108,21 +906,8 @@
#~ msgid "Other"
#~ msgstr "Outro"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug "
-#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other "
-#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for "
-#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>,"
-#~ "<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu "
-#~ "idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa "
-#~ "necesario).</li></ul>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Sufixos comúns para paquetes complementarios:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: estende o aplicativo con funcionalidades extra.</li><li><b>-devel-</b>: cabeceiras para desenvolvemento de software.</li><lli><b>-debuginfo</b>: símbolos de depuración para probas de software.</li><li><b>-fr-</b>,<b>-gl</b> ou outra abreviatura de idioma: ficheiros de tradución (o seu idioma seleccionarase para a súa instalación automática cando sexa necesario).</li></ul>"
#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..."
#~ msgstr "Procurar paquetes na &Web..."
@@ -1292,12 +1077,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-#~ "dependency solver.\n"
+#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n"
#~ "The logs will be stored in directory: "
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Use isto para xerar logs detallados para axudar a localizar os erros no "
-#~ "resolvedor de dependencias.\n"
+#~ "Use isto para xerar logs detallados para axudar a localizar os erros no resolvedor de dependencias.\n"
#~ "Os logs hanse almacenar no directorio: "
#, fuzzy
@@ -1406,12 +1189,8 @@
#~ msgid "Detailed"
#~ msgstr "Detallado"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM "
-#~ "information."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Agrupar usando o filtro baseado en PackageKit ou directamente desde a "
-#~ "información no RPM."
+#~ msgid "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM information."
+#~ msgstr "Agrupar usando o filtro baseado en PackageKit ou directamente desde a información no RPM."
#~ msgid "Edit..."
#~ msgstr "Editar..."
@@ -1435,14 +1214,10 @@
#~ msgstr "T_odo"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be "
-#~ "matched against RPM <i>name</i> and <i>summary</i> attributes. Other "
-#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n"
+#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM <i>name</i> and <i>summary</i> attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n"
#~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Buscar paquetes:</b> Utilice espazos para separar as palabras. "
-#~ "Procurarase nos atributos <i>nome</i> e <i>resumo</i> do RPM. Pode "
-#~ "ampliar os criterios premendo na icona de procura.\n"
+#~ "<b>Buscar paquetes:</b> Utilice espazos para separar as palabras. Procurarase nos atributos <i>nome</i> e <i>resumo</i> do RPM. Pode ampliar os criterios premendo na icona de procura.\n"
#~ "(ex.: \"yast dhcp\" retornará a ferramenta dhcpd de yast)"
#~ msgid "Filter by name & summary"
@@ -1466,19 +1241,15 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Packages can be organized in:\n"
#~ "<b>Groups:</b> simple categorization of packages by purpose.\n"
-#~ "<b>Patterns:</b> assists in installing all packages necessary for several "
-#~ "working environments.\n"
+#~ "<b>Patterns:</b> assists in installing all packages necessary for several working environments.\n"
#~ "<b>Languages:</b> adds another language to the system.\n"
-#~ "<b>Repositories:</b> catalogues what the several configured repositories "
-#~ "have available."
+#~ "<b>Repositories:</b> catalogues what the several configured repositories have available."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O paquetes poden organizarse en:\n"
#~ "<b>Grupos:</b> categorización simple de paquetes por propósito.\n"
-#~ "<b>Patróns:</b> axuda a instalar todos os paquetes necesarios para varios "
-#~ "ambientes de traballo.\n"
+#~ "<b>Patróns:</b> axuda a instalar todos os paquetes necesarios para varios ambientes de traballo.\n"
#~ "
<b>Idioma:</b> agregar un novo idioma ao sistema.\n"
-#~ "<b>Repositorios:</b> cataloga o que teñen dispoñible os repositorios "
-#~ "configurados."
+#~ "<b>Repositorios:</b> cataloga o que teñen dispoñible os repositorios configurados."
#~ msgid "related packages."
#~ msgstr "paquetes relacionados."
@@ -1519,12 +1290,8 @@
#~ msgid "Disk Almost Full !"
#~ msgstr "Disco Case Cheo!"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to "
-#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Unha das particións está a chegar ao límite da súa capacidade. Debería "
-#~ "eliminar algún paquete se desexa instalar algo."
+#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some."
+#~ msgstr "Unha das particións está a chegar ao límite da súa capacidade. Debería eliminar algún paquete se desexa instalar algo."
#~ msgid "A_pply"
#~ msgstr "A_plicar"
@@ -1535,12 +1302,8 @@
#~ msgid "Dependencies from Filtered Repositories"
#~ msgstr "Dependencias dos repositorios filtrados"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided "
-#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Os seguintes paquetes son dependencias necesarias que non son "
-#~ "proporcionadas polo repositorio filtrado. Desexa instalalos?"
+#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?"
+#~ msgstr "Os seguintes paquetes son dependencias necesarias que non son proporcionadas polo repositorio filtrado. Desexa instalalos?"
#~ msgid "Import Package List"
#~ msgstr "Importar a lista de paquetes"
@@ -1569,123 +1332,8 @@
#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Testcase..."
#~ msgstr "Xerar Caso de Proba de Dependencia..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update "
-#~ "applications.</p><p>openSUSE's software management is also called "
-#~ "'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but "
-#~ "multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to "
-#~ "avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another "
-#~ "package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). "
-#~ "The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages "
-#~ "are suffix-ed. Common extras are:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: extends the "
-#~ "application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for "
-#~ "software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-"
-#~ "testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your "
-#~ "language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li><p>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages "
-#~ "that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans "
-#~ "either install or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed "
-#~ "one.</p><blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be "
-#~ "local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find "
-#~ "utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons<p>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of "
-#~ "packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less "
-#~ "those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in "
-#~ "your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that "
-#~ "have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.<h2>Filters</h2><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their "
-#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the "
-#~ "'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' "
-#~ "in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific "
-#~ "repository.</p><h2>Categories & Collections</h2><p>Software for "
-#~ "openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task "
-#~ "when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse "
-#~ "indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can "
-#~ "view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in "
-#~ "'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-"
-#~ "down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of "
-#~ "software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-"
-#~ "oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the "
-#~ "installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various "
-#~ "software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make "
-#~ "sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be "
-#~ "honored.</p><h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>In the package "
-#~ "detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like "
-#~ "install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downgrade. All changes that you "
-#~ "make will be saved, but not yet performed.</p><p>You can review changes "
-#~ "in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes "
-#~ "individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved "
-#~ "change.</p><p>The lock button can be used to lock the selected package "
-#~ "state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or "
-#~ "remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for "
-#~ "instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer "
-#~ "with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes "
-#~ "them.</p><p>The changes will be performed once you decide to click the "
-#~ "'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave "
-#~ "the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the "
-#~ "button labeled 'Abort'.</p><blockquote><i>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <"
-#~ "rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt><br>Thanks to Christian Jager for co-"
-#~ "designing this tool.</i></blockquote>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Con esta ferramenta pode instalar, eliminar e "
-#~ "actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O xestor de software de &product; chámase "
-#~ "tamén 'xestor de paquetes'. Un paquete é, polo xeral, un aplicativo, pero "
-#~ "tamén poden ofrecerse outros paquetes que o estenden (ex: algúns xogos "
-#~ "tenden a distribuír a música noutro paquete, xa que non é esencial e "
-#~ "require espazo extra de disco). O paquete base noméase co nome do "
-#~ "aplicativo, mentres que aos paquetes extras engádeselles un sufixo. Os "
-#~ "extras máis comúns son:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: estende o aplicativo con "
-#~ "certa funcionalidade extra.</li><li>-devel: necesario para "
-#~ "desenvolvemento.</li><li>-debuginfo: necesario para probas (testing).<li>-gl, -es, -fr (idiomas): ficheiros de traducións (o paquete "
-#~ "correspondente ao seu idioma seleccionarase automaticamente).</li><p>Atopará tanto os paquetes instalados coma aqueles dispoñibles nos "
-#~ "repositorios configurados. Pode instalar ou actualizar un paquete "
-#~ "dispoñible ou eliminar un xa instalado.</p><blockquote>Un repositorio é "
-#~ "un medio de paquetes, pode ser local (coma os CDs de &product;) ou un "
-#~ "servidor de internet remoto. Pode atopar utilidades que lle permitirán "
-#~ "configurar repositorios no Centro de control de YaST.<h1>Uso</h1><h2>Botóns Dispoñibles, Actualizacións, "
-#~ "Instalados</h2><p>Estes botóns xeran unha listaxe das diferentes fontes "
-#~ "de paquetes. 'Dispoñibles' son aqueles que se atopan nos repositorios "
-#~ "configurados, descontando os que xa están instalados. 'Instalados' lista "
-#~ "os paquetes instalados no sistema. 'Actualizacións' é unha lista dos "
-#~ "paquetes instalados que teñen unha versión máis reciente dispoñible. "
-#~ "'Todos' combina todas as fontes.</p><h2>Filtros</h2><p>Introduza un texto "
-#~ "calquera no campo de procura para localizar por nome descrición (unha "
-#~ "procura de 'office' amosará tanto os paquetes de 'OpenOffice' coma os de "
-#~ "AbiWord, que tamén inclúe na súa descrición o termo 'office'). Pode tamén "
-#~ "elexir ver aqueles dispoñibles nun repositorio en particular.<h2>Categorías e Coleccións</h2><p>O software para &product; está "
-#~ "indexado para permitir procurar por unha tarefa específica cando non "
-#~ "coñoce o nome do programa que está a buscar. Navegue polos índices "
-#~ "utilizando a vista de árbore na columna esquerda, pode ver o software "
-#~ "dispoñible polo seu nome de Paquete ou agrupado por 'Categorías' ou "
-#~ "'Patróns' seleccionando o modo de vista desde o menú despregable. "
-#~ "'Categorías' son simplemente clasificacións xerárquicas de paquetes, como "
-#~ "pode ser 'Multimedia/Vídeo', mentres que 'Patróns' están orientados "
-#~ "segundo tarefas (por exemplo, a instalación do patrón 'server', instalará "
-#~ "varios aplicativos necesarios para executar un servidor). Ao utilizar "
-#~ "'Instalar Todo', asegurará que futuros cambios na colección, ao "
-#~ "actualizar openSUSE, serán tamén tidos en conta.</p><h2>Detalles do "
-#~ "software</h2><p>Na vista de detalles de paquetes, pode realizar varias "
-#~ "accións sobre este aplicativo como instalar, desinstalar, actualizar ou "
-#~ "desactualizar. Todas as modificacións que realice serán guardados, pero "
-#~ "non se aplicarán.</p><p>Pode revisar as modificacións no panel do lado "
-#~ "dereito do xestor de software. Pode desfacer estes cambios "
-#~ "individualmente en calquera momento premendo no botón 'desfacer' xunto ao "
-#~ "cambio.</p><p>O botón de bloqueo pódese empregar para bloquear o estado "
-#~ "do paquete seleccionado, isto evitará cambios automáticos sobre este "
-#~ "paquete (instalación, actualización, eliminación). En poucos casos, por "
-#~ "exemplo, pode non querer instalar algún controlador porque interfire co "
-#~ "sistema, pero quere instalar coleccións de paquetes que o inclúen.<p>Os cambios aplicaranse cando prema no botón 'aplicar cambios' no "
-#~ "recuncho inferior dereito. Se quere deixar o administrador de paquetes "
-#~ "sen realizar ningún cambio, prema no botón 'Cancelar'.<blockquote><i>Realizado por Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up."
-#~ "pt><br>Grazas a Christian Jager por cooperar co seu deseño.</i><br>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>openSUSE's software management is also called 'package management'. A package is generally an application bundle, but multiple packages that extend the application may be offered in order to avoid clutter (e.g. games tend to de-couple the music data in another package, since its not essential and requires significant disk space). The base package will get the application's name, while extra packages are suffix-ed. Common extras are:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with some extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: needed for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: needed for software beta-testing.</li><li>-fr, -dr, -pl (language siglas): translation files (your language package will be marked for installation automatically).</li></ul><p>You will find both packages installed on your system, and packages that are made available through the setup-ed repositories. You cans either i
nstall or upgrade an available package, or remove an installed one.</p><blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (like your Suse CDs), or a remote internet server. You can find utilities to setup repositories on the YaST control center.</blockquote><h1>Usage</h1><h2>Available, Upgrades, Installed buttons</h2><p>These buttons produce listings of the different sources of packages. 'Available' are the ones from the setup-ed repositories less those you have installed. 'Installed' lists the packages installed in your system. 'Upgrades' is a mix listing of the installed packages that have more recent versions available. 'All' will combine all sources.</p><h2>Filters</h2><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'OpenOffice' packages as well as AbiWord which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can also choose to view software from a specific repository.</p><h2>Categories
& Collections</h2><p>Software for openSUSE is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you don't know the name of the software you are looking for. Browse indices of software by using the tree-view in the left column; you can view the available software by their Package names, or grouped in 'Categories' or 'Patterns' by the selecting a view-mode from the drop-down-menu below. Categories' are simple, hierarchical classifications of software packages, like 'Multimedia/Video', while 'Patterns' are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one (the installation of the 'server'-pattern for example will install various software needed for running a server). By using 'Install All' you make sure that future collection changes, when you upgrade openSUSE, will be honored.</p><h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>In the package detail view you can perform actions affecting this software; like install, uninstall, version-upgrade or -downg
rade. All changes that you make will be saved, but not yet performed.</p><p>You can review changes in the right-side pane of the software-manager. You can revoke changes individually at any time by clicking the 'undo'-button next to a saved change.</p><p>The lock button can be used to lock the selected package state; it won't allow some automatic operation to install, upgrade or remove the package. This is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install some drivers because they interfer with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes them.</p><p>The changes will be performed once you decide to click the 'perform changes' button in the lower-right corner. If you want to leave the software-manager without performing any changes, simply press the button labeled 'Abort'.</p><blockquote><i>Developed by Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt><br>Thanks to Christian Jager for co-designing this tool.</i></blockquote>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Propósito</h1><p>Con esta ferramenta pode instalar, eliminar e actualizar aplicativos.</p><p>O xestor de software de &product; chámase tamén 'xestor de paquetes'. Un paquete é, polo xeral, un aplicativo, pero tamén poden ofrecerse outros paquetes que o estenden (ex: algúns xogos tenden a distribuír a música noutro paquete, xa que non é esencial e require espazo extra de disco). O paquete base noméase co nome do aplicativo, mentres que aos paquetes extras engádeselles un sufixo. Os extras máis comúns son:</p><ul><li>-plugin-: estende o aplicativo con certa funcionalidade extra.</li><li>-devel: necesario para desenvolvemento.</li><li>-debuginfo: necesario para probas (testing).</li><li>-gl, -es, -fr (idiomas): ficheiros de traducións (o paquete correspondente ao seu idioma seleccionarase automaticamente).</li></lu><p>Atopará tanto os paquetes instalados coma aqueles dispoñibles nos repositorios configurados. Pode instalar ou actualizar un paquete dispoñ
ible ou eliminar un xa instalado.</p><blockquote>Un repositorio é un medio de paquetes, pode ser local (coma os CDs de &product;) ou un servidor de internet remoto. Pode atopar utilidades que lle permitirán configurar repositorios no Centro de control de YaST.</blockquote><h1>Uso</h1><h2>Botóns Dispoñibles, Actualizacións, Instalados</h2><p>Estes botóns xeran unha listaxe das diferentes fontes de paquetes. 'Dispoñibles' son aqueles que se atopan nos repositorios configurados, descontando os que xa están instalados. 'Instalados' lista os paquetes instalados no sistema. 'Actualizacións' é unha lista dos paquetes instalados que teñen unha versión máis reciente dispoñible. 'Todos' combina todas as fontes.</p><h2>Filtros</h2><p>Introduza un texto calquera no campo de procura para localizar por nome descrición (unha procura de 'office' amosará tanto os paquetes de 'OpenOffice' coma os de AbiWord, que tamén inclúe na súa descrición o termo 'office'). Pode tamén elexir
ver aqueles dispoñibles nun repositorio en particular.</p><h2>Categorías e Coleccións</h2><p>O software para &product; está indexado para permitir procurar por unha tarefa específica cando non coñoce o nome do programa que está a buscar. Navegue polos índices utilizando a vista de árbore na columna esquerda, pode ver o software dispoñible polo seu nome de Paquete ou agrupado por 'Categorías' ou 'Patróns' seleccionando o modo de vista desde o menú despregable. 'Categorías' son simplemente clasificacións xerárquicas de paquetes, como pode ser 'Multimedia/Vídeo', mentres que 'Patróns' están orientados segundo tarefas (por exemplo, a instalación do patrón 'server', instalará varios aplicativos necesarios para executar un servidor). Ao utilizar 'Instalar Todo', asegurará que futuros cambios na colección, ao actualizar openSUSE, serán tamén tidos en conta.</p><h2>Detalles do software</h2><p>Na vista de detalles de paquetes, pode realizar varias accións sobre es
te aplicativo como instalar, desinstalar, actualizar ou desactualizar. Todas as modificacións que realice serán guardados, pero non se aplicarán.</p><p>Pode revisar as modificacións no panel do lado dereito do xestor de software. Pode desfacer estes cambios individualmente en calquera momento premendo no botón 'desfacer' xunto ao cambio.</p><p>O botón de bloqueo pódese empregar para bloquear o estado do paquete seleccionado, isto evitará cambios automáticos sobre este paquete (instalación, actualización, eliminación). En poucos casos, por exemplo, pode non querer instalar algún controlador porque interfire co sistema, pero quere instalar coleccións de paquetes que o inclúen.</p><p>Os cambios aplicaranse cando prema no botón 'aplicar cambios' no recuncho inferior dereito. Se quere deixar o administrador de paquetes sen realizar ningún cambio, prema no botón 'Cancelar'.</p><blockquote><i>Realizado por Ricardo Cruz <rpmcruz@alunos.dcc.fc.up.pt><br>Grazas a Chris
tian Jager por cooperar co seu deseño.</i><br></blockquote>"
#~ msgid "Query..."
#~ msgstr "Consulta..."
@@ -1747,19 +1395,11 @@
#~ msgid "from"
#~ msgstr "desde"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is "
-#~ "<b>recommended</b> it be installed.)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "(Este paquete é unha extensión dun xa instalado, <b>recoméndase</b> para "
-#~ "seren instalado.)"
+#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is <b>recommended</b> it be installed.)"
+#~ msgstr "(Este paquete é unha extensión dun xa instalado, <b>recoméndase</b> para seren instalado.)"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested it be installed.)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "(Este paquete complementa algúns dos outros instalados, <b>suxírese</b> "
-#~ "para seren instalado.)"
+#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is <b>suggested</b> it be installed.)"
+#~ msgstr "(Este paquete complementa algúns dos outros instalados, <b>suxírese</b> para seren instalado.)"
#~ msgid "Installed at:"
#~ msgstr "Instalado o:"
@@ -1828,13 +1468,8 @@
#~ "<b>Repositorios de paquetes:</b> Limita a consulta a un repositorio.\n"
#~ "Pode engadir ou eliminalos a través do centro de control de YaST."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Package lock:</b> prevents the package status from being modified by "
-#~ "the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>Bloqueo de paquete:</b> prevén a modificación do estado do paquete por "
-#~ "parte do resolvedor (isto é, non cumprirá as dependencias ou os vínculos "
-#~ "de colección.) "
+#~ msgid "<b>Package lock:</b> prevents the package status from being modified by the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)"
+#~ msgstr "<b>Bloqueo de paquete:</b> prevén a modificación do estado do paquete por parte do resolvedor (isto é, non cumprirá as dependencias ou os vínculos de colección.) "
#~ msgid "Available: "
#~ msgstr "Dispoñible: "
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/http-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -122,8 +122,7 @@
#. translators: error message in configure command line action
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242
msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure"
-msgstr ""
-"Só é posible especificar algúns dos hosts existentes como host a configurar"
+msgstr "Só é posible especificar algúns dos hosts existentes como host a configurar"
#. translators: popup error message when validate servername
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885
@@ -343,8 +342,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar."
-"</b> agora</p>\n"
+"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -368,47 +366,29 @@
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The "
-"default is 80.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O valor <b>Porto</b> determina o porto no que escoita Apache2. O valor "
-"predeterminado é 80.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O valor <b>Porto</b> determina o porto no que escoita Apache2. O valor predeterminado é 80.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses "
-"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 "
-"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Escoitar en interfaces</b> contén a lista de todos os enderezos IP "
-"configurados para este host. Os enderezos IP marcados son aqueles nos que "
-"escoita Apache2. Se non está seguro, márqueos todos.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Escoitar en interfaces</b> contén a lista de todos os enderezos IP configurados para este host. Os enderezos IP marcados son aqueles nos que escoita Apache2. Se non está seguro, márqueos todos.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aquí pode activar as linguaxes de script que o servidor Apache2 debe "
-"soportar.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aquí pode activar as linguaxes de script que o servidor Apache2 debe soportar.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 "
-"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O resumo amosa as opcións que se escribirán na configuración de Apache2 "
-"cando prema en <b>Rematar</b>.</p>"
+msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O resumo amosa as opcións que se escribirán na configuración de Apache2 cando prema en <b>Rematar</b>.</p>"
#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n"
-"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration."
-"</p>"
+"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Prema en <b>Configuración avanzada do servidor HTTP</b> \n"
"\t\tpara crear unha configuración mais detallada antes da súa escritura.</p>"
@@ -420,24 +400,21 @@
"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n"
"The first column contains the name of the module. \n"
"The second column shows whether the module should be\n"
-"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column "
-"displays a short description\n"
+"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n"
"of the module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando os módulos do servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
"A táboa contén unha lista de todos os módulos dispoñibles para Apache2.\n"
"A primeira columna contén o nome do módulo. \n"
"A segunda columna indica se o módulo debe ser cargado polo servidor.\n"
-"Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve "
-"descrición\n"
+"Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve descrición\n"
"do módulo.</p>"
#. module dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To change the status of a module, \n"
-"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.\n"
+"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para cambiar o estado dun módulo, \n"
"seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema <b>Cambiar estado</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -455,8 +432,7 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, "
-"choose\n"
+"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n"
"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -495,42 +471,33 @@
"<b>Módulos</b> permite configurar os módulos cargados polo\n"
" servidor.\n"
"<b>Host predeterminado</b> é o nome de servidor dun host utilizado como\n"
-"host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de servidor "
-"do host\n"
+"host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de servidor do host\n"
"predeterminado, amósase unha ruta á raíz de documentos do\n"
"host predeterminado.\n"
"<b>Hosts</b> contén unha lista dos hosts configurados para o servidor.</p>\n"
#. server configuration overview help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-"change settings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema <b>Editar</b> para "
-"modificar a configuración.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema <b>Editar</b> para modificar a configuración.</p>"
#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106
msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ficheiros de rexistro</b> amosa os ficheiros de rexistro do servidor."
+msgstr "<p><b>Ficheiros de rexistro</b> amosa os ficheiros de rexistro do servidor.</p>"
#. hosts list help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n"
-"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is "
-"used if no other host\n"
+"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n"
"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n"
"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Hosts configurados</big></b><br>\n"
"Esta é una listaxe de hosts xa configurados. Uno deles está\n"
-"marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de "
-"servidor).\n"
+"marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de servidor).\n"
"Úsase en caso de que ningún coincida\n"
"cunha petición entrante. Para seleccionar un host como predeterminado\n"
"prema en <b>Definir como predeterminado</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -538,72 +505,55 @@
#. hosts list help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the host.\n"
-"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click "
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n"
+"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para "
-"cambiar o host.\n"
-"Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un host, "
-"seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar o host.\n"
+"Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
#. host editing help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then "
-"click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuración do host</big></b><br>\n"
-"<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da "
-"lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n"
-"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha "
-"opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n"
+"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
#. host editing help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n"
-"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n"
+"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n"
"\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n"
-"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use "
-"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar hosts\n"
"\tvirtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</b>\n"
"\to servidor predeterminado nunca recibe peticións de enderezos IP de\n"
-"\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en "
-"SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>"
+"\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>"
#. listen dialog editor help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network "
-"interfaces\n"
+"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n"
"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Modo de <i>escoita</i> dun servidor</big></b><br>\n"
-"A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de "
-"rede onde\n"
+"A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de rede onde\n"
"o servidor HTTP ha esperar ou escoitar as peticións que cheguen.</p>\n"
#. listen dialog editor help 2/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the entry.\n"
-"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n"
+"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para "
-"mudar a entrada.\n"
-"Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha "
-"entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a entrada.\n"
+"Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
#. ssl options dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143
@@ -614,8 +564,7 @@
"encrypting communication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuración SSL</big></b><br>\n"
-"Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure "
-"Socket Layer)\n"
+"Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n"
"do host. SSL permite comunicarse de xeito seguro co host \n"
"ao cifrar a comunicación.</p>\n"
@@ -623,29 +572,23 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n"
-"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access "
-"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
+"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>A opción SSL determina o comportamento xeral. O host pode non\n"
-"admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL "
-"(<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n"
+"admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n"
"ou ben aceptar só as conexións cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requirido</tt>).\n"
" </p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the option.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar "
-"a opción.\n"
-"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha "
-"opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a opción.\n"
+"Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode)
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162
@@ -668,41 +611,33 @@
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
"module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl\n"
+"<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n"
"deberá estar cargado no servidor.</p>\n"
#. new host dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host."
-"</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Novo host</big></b><br>\n"
-"Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host "
-"virtual.</p>"
+"Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host virtual.</p>"
#. new host dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n"
-"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS "
-"name returned as a part\n"
+"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n"
"of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n"
"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n"
"this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n"
"address for feedback about this host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Identificación do servidor</b> especifica o contido e a\n"
-"presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS "
-"devolto como parte das\n"
-"cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do servidor\n"
-"é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos "
-"fornecidos polo\n"
-"host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite configurar "
-"un enderezo de\n"
+"presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS devolto como parte das\n"
+"cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do servidor</b>\n"
+"é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos fornecidos polo\n"
+"host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite configurar un enderezo de\n"
"correo para a retroalimentación sobre o host.</p>\n"
#. new host dialog help 3/3
@@ -713,11 +648,9 @@
"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n"
"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n"
"from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n"
-"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual "
-"host\n"
+"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n"
"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n"
-"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address\n"
+"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n"
"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -725,23 +658,19 @@
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual "
-"host.</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Detalles do novo host</big></b><br>\n"
-"Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un "
-"novo host virtual.</p>"
+"Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un novo host virtual.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 2/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n"
-"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias "
-"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccione <b>Activar soporte CGI</b>\n"
-"para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> "
-"empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 3/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208
@@ -754,15 +683,8 @@
#. advanced new host dialog 4/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that "
-"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends "
-"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>En <b>Índice de directorio</b>, introduza unha lista de ficheiros, "
-"separados por espazos, nos que Apache deba procurar e proporcionar cando se "
-"solicite o URL dun directorio (un que remata en <tt>/</tt>). Proporcionarase "
-"o primeiro ficheiro atopado que coincida coa procura.</p>"
+msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>En <b>Índice de directorio</b>, introduza unha lista de ficheiros, separados por espazos, nos que Apache deba procurar e proporcionar cando se solicite o URL dun directorio (un que remata en <tt>/</tt>). Proporcionarase o primeiro ficheiro atopado que coincida coa procura.</p>"
#. advanced new host dialog 5/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219
@@ -773,8 +695,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>HTML público</b>\n"
"\n"
-"permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os usuarios."
+"permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os usuarios.</p>"
#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon.
#.
@@ -890,12 +811,8 @@
#. notification about package needed 1/2
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar o servidor HTTP, os paquetes <b>%1</b> deben estar "
-"instalados.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar o servidor HTTP, os paquetes <b>%1</b> deben estar instalados.</p>"
#. notification about package needed 2/2
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174
@@ -1259,9 +1176,7 @@
#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used)
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966
msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Cando non se define un nome de servidor, utilizarase o nome de host no seu "
-"lugar."
+msgstr "Cando non se define un nome de servidor, utilizarase o nome de host no seu lugar."
#. translators: popup error message when validate server
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971
@@ -1272,8 +1187,7 @@
#. in another virtual host
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991
msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host."
-msgstr ""
-"O nome de servidor introducido xa está configurado noutro host virtual."
+msgstr "O nome de servidor introducido xa está configurado noutro host virtual."
#. error message - the entered ip address is already
#. configured for another virtual host
@@ -1576,9 +1490,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Non hai ningún ficheiro chave de certificado configurado para este ID de "
-"equipo."
+msgstr "Non hai ningún ficheiro chave de certificado configurado para este ID de equipo."
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
@@ -1586,25 +1498,19 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Non hai ningún ficheiro de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host."
+msgstr "Non hai ningún ficheiro de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host."
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece control de acceso baseado no nome de host cliente, enderezo IP, etc."
+msgstr "Fornece control de acceso baseado no nome de host cliente, enderezo IP, etc."
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
msgstr "Executa os guións CGI baseados no tipo de medio ou método de petición"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32
-msgid ""
-"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for "
-"URL redirection"
-msgstr ""
-"Serve para mapear diversas partes do sistema de ficheiros do equipo na "
-"árbore de documentos e para o reenvío de URLs"
+msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
+msgstr "Serve para mapear diversas partes do sistema de ficheiros do equipo na árbore de documentos e para o reenvío de URLs"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47
msgid "Basic authentication"
@@ -1627,11 +1533,8 @@
msgstr "Autenticación de usuario empregando ficheiros DBM"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96
-msgid ""
-"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
-msgstr ""
-"Xera automaticamente índices de directorio de xeito semellante á orde ls de "
-"Unix"
+msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
+msgstr "Xera automaticamente índices de directorio de xeito semellante á orde ls de Unix"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
@@ -1639,9 +1542,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
-msgstr ""
-"Ocúpase do redireccionamento por barra final e servir ficheiros índice de "
-"directorio"
+msgstr "Ocúpase do redireccionamento por barra final e servir ficheiros índice de directorio"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
@@ -1649,9 +1550,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
-msgstr ""
-"Xera a caducidade de cabeceiras HTTP segundo os criterios definidos polo "
-"usuario"
+msgstr "Xera a caducidade de cabeceiras HTTP segundo os criterios definidos polo usuario"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
@@ -1662,24 +1561,16 @@
msgstr "Rexistro das peticións feitas ao servidor"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187
-msgid ""
-"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and "
-"content"
-msgstr ""
-"Asocia os nomes de extensión do ficheiro solicitado co comportamento e "
-"contido do mesmo."
+msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
+msgstr "Asocia os nomes de extensión do ficheiro solicitado co comportamento e contido do mesmo."
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr "Ocúpase da negociación do contido"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222
-msgid ""
-"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the "
-"request"
-msgstr ""
-"Permite definir variables de contorno baseadas nas características da "
-"petición"
+msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
+msgstr "Permite definir variables de contorno baseadas nas características da petición"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
@@ -1687,8 +1578,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que os scripts CGI se executen como un usaurio e grupo especificado"
+msgstr "Permite que os scripts CGI se executen como un usaurio e grupo especificado"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252
msgid "User-specific directories"
@@ -1707,12 +1597,8 @@
msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios con MD5 Digest Authentication"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302
-msgid ""
-"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic "
-"authentication"
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que se empregue un directorio LDAP para almacenar a base de datos "
-"para a autenticación HTTP básica"
+msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
+msgstr "Permite que se empregue un directorio LDAP para almacenar a base de datos para a autenticación HTTP básica"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
@@ -1743,12 +1629,8 @@
msgstr "Un sinxelo servidor echo para ilustrar os módulos de protocolo"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413
-msgid ""
-"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the "
-"client"
-msgstr ""
-"Pasa o corpo da resposta por un programa externo antes de entregalo ao "
-"cliente"
+msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
+msgstr "Pasa o corpo da resposta por un programa externo antes de entregalo ao cliente"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
@@ -1767,22 +1649,16 @@
msgstr "Fornece un amplo resumo da configuración do servidor"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469
-msgid ""
-"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP "
-"modules"
-msgstr ""
-"Fondo de conexións LDAP e cacheado de resultados dos servizos para ser "
-"utilizados por outros módulos LDAP"
+msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
+msgstr "Fondo de conexións LDAP e cacheado de resultados dos servizos para ser utilizados por outros módulos LDAP"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr "Rexistro dos bytes de entrada e saída en cada petición"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509
-msgid ""
-"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
-msgstr ""
-"Determina o tipo MIME dun ficheiro examinando algúns bytes do seu contido"
+msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
+msgstr "Determina o tipo MIME dun ficheiro examinando algúns bytes do seu contido"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
@@ -1805,40 +1681,28 @@
msgstr "Módulo de soporte HTTP para mod_proxy"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592
-msgid ""
-"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece un motor de reescritura baseada en regras para reescribir os URL ao "
-"voo"
+msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
+msgstr "Fornece un motor de reescritura baseada en regras para reescribir os URL ao voo"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
msgstr "Tenta correxir os URL incorrectos introducidos polos usuarios"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628
-msgid ""
-"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer "
-"Security (TLS) protocols"
-msgstr ""
-"Potente criptografía empregando os protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e "
-"TLS (Transport Layer Security)"
+msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
+msgstr "Potente criptografía empregando os protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e TLS (Transport Layer Security)"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668
-msgid ""
-"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece unha variable de contorno cun identificador único para cada petición"
+msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
+msgstr "Fornece unha variable de contorno cun identificador único para cada petición"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
-msgstr ""
-"Rexistro das secuencias de pulsacións do rato da actividade de usuarios nun "
-"sitio"
+msgstr "Rexistro das secuencias de pulsacións do rato da actividade de usuarios nun sitio"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece soporte para hosts virtuais configurados masiva e dinamicamente"
+msgstr "Fornece soporte para hosts virtuais configurados masiva e dinamicamente"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
@@ -1854,9 +1718,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece soporte para confinamento de subprocesos mediante AppArmor dentro de "
-"apache"
+msgstr "Fornece soporte para confinamento de subprocesos mediante AppArmor dentro de apache"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
@@ -1889,9 +1751,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n"
#~| "<br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>"
-#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\\n<br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do servidor HTTP</big></b>\n"
#~ "<br>\n"
@@ -1901,21 +1761,16 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the "
-#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora "
-#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..."
-#~ "<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Gardando a configuración do servidor HHTP</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1925,10 +1780,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~| "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by "
-#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is "
-#~ "safe to do so.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortar o gardado</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Aborte o procedemento de gardado premendo en <b>Abortar</b>.\n"
@@ -1937,15 +1789,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n"
-#~| "\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the "
-#~| "configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \\n\t\tto create a more "
-#~ "detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
+#~| "\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \\n\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Prema en <b>Configuración avanzada do servidor HTTP</b> \n"
-#~ "\t\tpara crear unha configuración mais detallada antes da súa escritura."
+#~ "\t\tpara crear unha configuración mais detallada antes da súa escritura.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -1953,44 +1801,31 @@
#~| "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n"
#~| "The first column contains the name of the module. \n"
#~| "The second column shows whether the module should be\n"
-#~| "loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column "
-#~| "displays a short description\n"
+#~| "loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n"
#~| "of the module.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\\nThe table contains "
-#~ "a list of all available Apache2 modules.\\nThe first column contains the "
-#~ "name of the module. \\nThe second column shows whether the module should "
-#~ "be\\nloaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last "
-#~ "column displays a short description\\nof the module.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\\nThe table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\\nThe first column contains the name of the module. \\nThe second column shows whether the module should be\\nloaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\\nof the module.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editando os módulos do servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "A táboa contén unha lista de todos os módulos dispoñibles para Apache2.\n"
#~ "A primeira columna contén o nome do módulo. \n"
#~ "A segunda columna indica se o módulo debe ser cargado polo servidor.\n"
-#~ "Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve "
-#~ "descrición\n"
+#~ "Os módulos activados serán cargados. A última columna amosa unha breve descrición\n"
#~ "do módulo.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>To change the status of a module, \n"
-#~| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>."
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To change the status of a module, \\nchoose the appropriate entry of "
-#~ "the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~| "choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>To change the status of a module, \\nchoose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Para cambiar o estado dun módulo, \n"
-#~ "seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema <b>Cambiar estado</b>.\n"
+#~ "seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema <b>Cambiar estado</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n"
#~| "use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \\nuse <b>Add "
-#~ "Module</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \\nuse <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Si necesita engadir un módulo que non apareza na táboa, \n"
#~ "use <b>Engadir módulo</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1998,17 +1833,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, "
-#~| "choose\n"
+#~| "Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n"
#~| "<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nActivate the HTTP server "
-#~ "by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\\n<b>Disabled</b>.\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\\nActivate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\\n<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Para activar o servidor HTTP seleccione <b>Activado</b>. Para "
-#~ "desactivalo, escolla\n"
+#~ "Para activar o servidor HTTP seleccione <b>Activado</b>. Para desactivalo, escolla\n"
#~ "<b>Desactivado</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -2017,11 +1847,7 @@
#~| "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n"
#~| "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n"
#~| "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \\nadapt the "
-#~ "firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \\nThe interfaces "
-#~ "of the firewall are not added or deleted. \\nThis option is only "
-#~ "available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \\nadapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \\nThe interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Ao activar <b>Abrir devasa nos portos seleccionados,</b>\n"
#~ "a devasa adaptarase aos portos nos que escoite Apache2. \n"
@@ -2041,15 +1867,7 @@
#~| "host is not specified, a path to the document root of the\n"
#~| "default host is displayed.\n"
#~| "<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The list of options presents\\nseveral parts of the server "
-#~ "configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\\ncontains a list of ports and IP "
-#~ "addresses on which the\\nserver should listen for the incoming requests. "
-#~ "\\n<b>Modules</b> allows configuring the modules loaded by the\\nserver."
-#~ "\\n<b>Default Host</b> is a server name of a host used as a\\ndefault "
-#~ "(fallback) host. If the server name of the default\\nhost is not "
-#~ "specified, a path to the document root of the\\ndefault host is displayed."
-#~ "\\n<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The list of options presents\\nseveral parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\\ncontains a list of ports and IP addresses on which the\\nserver should listen for the incoming requests. \\n<b>Modules</b> allows configuring the modules loaded by the\\nserver.\\n<b>Default Host</b> is a server name of a host used as a\\ndefault (fallback) host. If the server name of the default\\nhost is not specified, a path to the document root of the\\ndefault host is displayed.\\n<b>Hosts</b> contains a list of hosts configured for the server.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A lista de opcións presenta\n"
#~ "varias partes da configuración do servidor. <b>Escoitar en</b>\n"
@@ -2058,180 +1876,114 @@
#~ "<b>Módulos</b> permite configurar os módulos cargados polo\n"
#~ " servidor.\n"
#~ "<b>Host predeterminado</b> é o nome de servidor dun host utilizado como\n"
-#~ "host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de "
-#~ "servidor do host\n"
+#~ "host predeterminado (como respaldo). Se non se especifica o nome de servidor do host\n"
#~ "predeterminado, amósase unha ruta á raíz de documentos do\n"
#~ "host predeterminado.\n"
-#~ "<b>Hosts</b> contén unha lista dos hosts configurados para o servidor.\n"
+#~ "<b>Hosts</b> contén unha lista dos hosts configurados para o servidor.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n"
-#~| "marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host "
-#~| "is used if no other host\n"
+#~| "marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n"
#~| "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n"
#~| "press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of already "
-#~ "configured hosts. One of the hosts is \\nmarked as default (the asterisk "
-#~ "next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host"
-#~ "\\nmatches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\\npress "
-#~ "<b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \\nmarked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\\nmatches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\\npress <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Hosts configurados</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Esta é una listaxe de hosts xa configurados. Uno deles está\n"
-#~ "marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de "
-#~ "servidor).\n"
+#~ "marcado como sistema predeterminado (cun asterisco xunto ao nome de servidor).\n"
#~ "Úsase en caso de que ningún coincida\n"
#~ "cunha petición entrante. Para seleccionar un host como predeterminado\n"
#~ "prema en <b>Definir como predeterminado</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~| "change the host.\n"
-#~| "To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click "
-#~| "<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~ "change the host.\\nTo add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, "
-#~ "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n"
+#~| "To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\\nTo add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para "
-#~ "cambiar o host.\n"
-#~ "Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un "
-#~ "host, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b> para cambiar o host.\n"
+#~ "Para agregar un novo host, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar un host, seleccióneo e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table "
-#~| "then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it "
-#~| "and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the host settings, "
-#~ "choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo "
-#~ "add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-#~ "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~| "To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
+#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\\nTo edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\\nTo add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do host</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da "
-#~ "lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n"
-#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar "
-#~ "unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Para editar a configuración do host, seleccione a entrada axeitada da lista e prema en <b>Editar</b>.\n"
+#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n"
-#~| "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP "
-#~| "Headers</b>,\n"
+#~| "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n"
#~| "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n"
-#~| "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, "
-#~| "use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\\n"
-#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\\n\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP "
-#~ "address of\\n\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL "
-#~ "based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+#~| "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\\n\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\\n\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\\n\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar "
-#~ "hosts\n"
-#~ "\tvirtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar hosts\n"
+#~ "\tvirtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</b>\n"
#~ "\to servidor predeterminado nunca recibe peticións de enderezos IP de\n"
-#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado "
-#~ "en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>"
+#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network "
-#~| "interfaces\n"
+#~| "The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n"
#~| "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\\nThe "
-#~ "<i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces"
-#~ "\\nwhere the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\\nThe <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\\nwhere the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Modo de <i>escoita</i> dun servidor</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de "
-#~ "rede onde\n"
+#~ "A directiva <i>Escoitar</i> permite seleccionar os portos e interfaces de rede onde\n"
#~ "o servidor HTTP ha esperar ou escoitar as peticións que cheguen.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~| "change the entry.\n"
-#~| "To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and "
-#~| "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~ "change the entry.\\nTo add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an "
-#~ "entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n"
+#~| "To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\\nTo add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para "
-#~ "mudar a entrada.\n"
-#~ "Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar "
-#~ "unha entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Escolla unha entrada axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a entrada.\n"
+#~ "Para engadir unha nova entrada, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha entrada, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) "
-#~| "settings\n"
+#~| "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n"
#~| "of the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \n"
#~| "encrypting communication.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of options "
-#~ "related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\\nof the host. SSL "
-#~ "allows communicating securely with the host by \\nencrypting "
-#~ "communication.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\\nThis is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\\nof the host. SSL allows communicating securely with the host by \\nencrypting communication.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configuración SSL</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure "
-#~ "Socket Layer)\n"
+#~ "Esta é unha lista das opcións relacionadas coa configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n"
#~ "do host. SSL permite comunicarse de xeito seguro co host \n"
#~ "ao cifrar a comunicación.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n"
-#~| "not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL "
-#~| "access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
+#~| "not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
#~| "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\\nnot "
-#~ "support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access "
-#~ "(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\\nor accept only connections encrypted via SSL "
-#~ "(<tt>Required</tt>).\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\\nnot support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\\nor accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A opción SSL determina o comportamento xeral. O host pode non\n"
-#~ "admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL "
-#~ "(<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n"
-#~ "ou ben aceptar só as conexións cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requirido).\n"
+#~ "admitir SSL (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL coma non SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n"
+#~ "ou ben aceptar só as conexións cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requirido</tt>).\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~| "change the option.\n"
-#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it "
-#~| "and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-#~ "change the option.\\nTo add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an "
-#~ "option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~| "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n"
+#~| "To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\\nTo add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para "
-#~ "mudar a opción.\n"
-#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar "
-#~ "unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Escolla unha opción axeitada da táboa e prema en <b>Editar</b> para mudar a opción.\n"
+#~ "Para engadir unha nova opción, prema en <b>Engadir</b>. Para eliminar unha opción, selecciónea e prema en <b>Borrar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -2240,11 +1992,7 @@
#~| "allows use of a special purpose certificate. \n"
#~| "<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\n"
#~| "common certificate issued for this host.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \\nimporting server certificates. "
-#~ "<b>Import Server Certificate</b> \\nallows use of a special purpose "
-#~ "certificate. \\n<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the"
-#~ "\\ncommon certificate issued for this host.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \\nimporting server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \\nallows use of a special purpose certificate. \\n<b>Use Common Certificate</b> configures usage of the\\ncommon certificate issued for this host.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O menú <b>Certificados</b> permite importar \n"
#~ "certificados do servidor. <b>Importar certificado do servidor</b> \n"
@@ -2254,58 +2002,37 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl \n"
+#~| "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
#~| "module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> "
-#~ "\\nmodule should be loaded by the server.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \\nmodule should be loaded by the server.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo "
-#~ "<tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Nota:</b> se activa o uso de SSL para un host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n"
#~ "deberá estar cargado no servidor.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual "
-#~| "host.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to enter a "
-#~ "basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
+#~| "This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Novo host</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host "
-#~ "virtual.</p>"
+#~ "Este diálogo permítelle introducir información básica sobre un novo host virtual.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n"
-#~| "the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the "
-#~| "DNS name returned as a part\n"
+#~| "the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n"
#~| "of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n"
#~| "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n"
-#~| "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-"
-#~| "mail\n"
+#~| "this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n"
#~| "address for feedback about this host.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\\nthe "
-#~ "presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS "
-#~ "name returned as a part\\nof the HTTP headers of the server response. "
-#~ "<b>Server Contents Root</b>\\nis an absolute path to a directory "
-#~ "containing all documents provided by\\nthis virtual host. "
-#~ "<b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\\naddress for "
-#~ "feedback about this host.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\\nthe presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\\nof the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\\nis an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\\nthis virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\\naddress for feedback about this host.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Identificación do servidor</b> especifica o contido e a\n"
-#~ "presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS "
-#~ "devolto como parte das\n"
-#~ "cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do "
-#~ "servidor</b>\n"
-#~ "é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos "
-#~ "fornecidos polo\n"
-#~ "host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite "
-#~ "configurar un enderezo de\n"
+#~ "presentación do novo host virtual. <b>Nome do servidor</b> é o nome DNS devolto como parte das\n"
+#~ "cabeceiras HTTP nas respostas do servidor. <b>Raíz de contidos do servidor</b>\n"
+#~ "é unha ruta absoluta a un directorio que contén todos os documentos fornecidos polo\n"
+#~ "host virtual. <b>Enderezo de correo do administrador</b> permite configurar un enderezo de\n"
#~ "correo para a retroalimentación sobre o host.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -2314,97 +2041,64 @@
#~| "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n"
#~| "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n"
#~| "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n"
-#~| "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified "
-#~| "by\n"
-#~| "the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the "
-#~| "virtual host\n"
+#~| "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n"
+#~| "the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n"
#~| "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n"
-#~| "If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP "
-#~| "address</b>\n"
+#~| "If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n"
#~| "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\\nApache2 must be able to "
-#~ "determine which virtual host\\nsettings it should use to create a "
-#~ "response for an HTTP request. \\nThere are two basic approaches. If using "
-#~ "HTTP headers\\nfrom the incoming request, the server looks up the host "
-#~ "name specified by\\nthe HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to "
-#~ "determine the virtual host\\nby the IP address used by the client when "
-#~ "connecting to the server.\\nIf you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use "
-#~ "<b>Resolution via IP address</b>\\nConsult the Apache2 manual for further "
-#~ "details.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\\nApache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\\nsettings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \\nThere are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\\nfrom the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\\nthe HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\\nby the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\\nIf you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\\nConsult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Resolución do servidor</b></big><br>\n"
#~ "Apache2 debe ser quen de determinar a configuración de host virtual\n"
#~ "que debe empregar para crear unha resposta a unha solicitude HTTP. \n"
#~ "Existen dous enfoques básicos. En caso de empregar cabeceiras HTTP\n"
-#~ "da solicitude de entrada, o servidor busca o nome de host especificado "
-#~ "nas\n"
-#~ "cabeceiras das peticións HTTP. A outra posibilidade é determinar o host "
-#~ "virtual\n"
-#~ "mediante o enderezo IP que utiliza o cliente para conectarse ao "
-#~ "servidor.\n"
-#~ "Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante "
-#~ "enderezos IP</b>\n"
+#~ "da solicitude de entrada, o servidor busca o nome de host especificado nas\n"
+#~ "cabeceiras das peticións HTTP. A outra posibilidade é determinar o host virtual\n"
+#~ "mediante o enderezo IP que utiliza o cliente para conectarse ao servidor.\n"
+#~ "Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b>\n"
#~ "Consulte o manual de Apache2 para obter máis detalles.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new "
-#~| "virtual host.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to "
-#~ "specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
+#~| "This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\\nThis dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Detalles do novo host</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un "
-#~ "novo host virtual.</p>"
+#~ "Este cadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un novo host virtual.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n"
-#~| "to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the "
-#~| "alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\\nto run CGI scripts in the path in "
-#~ "<b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+#~| "to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\\nto run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar soporte CGI</b>\n"
-#~ "para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> "
-#~ "empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+#~ "para executar scripts CGI na ruta de <b>Ruta do directorio CGI</b> empregando o alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support.\n"
+#~| "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n"
#~| "Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support.\\n\\nThen enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate "
-#~ "File\\nPath</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\\n\\nThen enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\\nPath</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Para activar o acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione <b>Activar "
-#~ "soporte SSL</b>.\n"
+#~ "<p>Para activar o acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione <b>Activar soporte SSL</b>.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Despois introduza a ruta do ficheiro de certificado en <b>Ruta \n"
-#~ "ao ficheiro de certificado</b>. Esta opción só está dispoñible en vhosts "
-#~ "basados en IP.</p>\n"
+#~ "ao ficheiro de certificado</b>. Esta opción só está dispoñible en vhosts basados en IP.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "enables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\\n\\nenables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> "
-#~ "directories of all users.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Public HTML</b>\\n\\nenables access to <tt>.public_html</tt> directories of all users.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>HTML público</b>\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os "
-#~ "usuarios.</p>"
+#~ "permite acceder aos directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos os usuarios.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -2413,9 +2107,7 @@
#~| "Configuration cannot continue\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "without installing the package."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The package %1 is not available.\\n\\nConfiguration cannot continue\\n"
-#~ "\\nwithout installing the package."
+#~ msgid "The package %1 is not available.\\n\\nConfiguration cannot continue\\n\\nwithout installing the package."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O paquete %1 non está dispoñible.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -2429,9 +2121,7 @@
#~| "installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
#~| "%1\n"
#~| "Install them now?\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The enabled modules require\\ninstallation of some of these additional "
-#~ "packages:\\n%1\\nInstall them now?\\n"
+#~ msgid "The enabled modules require\\ninstallation of some of these additional packages:\\n%1\\nInstall them now?\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Os módulos activos requiren\n"
#~ "a instalación dalgúns destes paquetes adicionais: %1\n"
@@ -2441,9 +2131,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
#~| "This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Default value for module %1 does not match.\\nThis can cause inconsistent "
-#~ "module configuration."
+#~ msgid "Default value for module %1 does not match.\\nThis can cause inconsistent module configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O valor predeterminado do módulo %1 non coincide.\n"
#~ "Isto pode ocasionar unha falta de coherencia na configuración do módulo."
@@ -2469,13 +2157,7 @@
#~| "and click OK to continue with the default host\n"
#~| "switch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\n"
#~| "the default host.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The current default host will be replaced by \\nthe new host and will "
-#~ "become a virtual host.\\n\\nHowever, the current default host does not "
-#~ "have\\nthe IP address or the server name specified.\\nTherefore, it is "
-#~ "not possible to use it as \\na virtual host. Verify the suggested values "
-#~ "below \\nand click OK to continue with the default host\\nswitch. "
-#~ "Otherwise click Cancel not to change\\nthe default host.\\n"
+#~ msgid "The current default host will be replaced by \\nthe new host and will become a virtual host.\\n\\nHowever, the current default host does not have\\nthe IP address or the server name specified.\\nTherefore, it is not possible to use it as \\na virtual host. Verify the suggested values below \\nand click OK to continue with the default host\\nswitch. Otherwise click Cancel not to change\\nthe default host.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O actual equipo predeterminado vai ser substituído polo\n"
#~ "novo host e convertirase nun host virtual.\n"
@@ -2494,10 +2176,7 @@
#~| "you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
#~| "that will be accepting requests for the hosts.\n"
#~| "Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To use name-based virtual hosting,\\nyou must designate the IP address on "
-#~ "the server\\nthat will be accepting requests for the hosts.\\nAlso * for "
-#~ "all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
+#~ msgid "To use name-based virtual hosting,\\nyou must designate the IP address on the server\\nthat will be accepting requests for the hosts.\\nAlso * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Para empregar hospedaxe virtual basada en nome,\n"
#~ "debe designar o enderezo IP no servidor\n"
@@ -2517,8 +2196,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
#~| "listen cannot be empty."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The list of the ports to which the server should\\nlisten cannot be empty."
+#~ msgid "The list of the ports to which the server should\\nlisten cannot be empty."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A lista dos portos onde o servidor debe escoitar\n"
#~ "non pode estar baleira."
@@ -2526,27 +2204,19 @@
#~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports"
#~ msgstr "Abrir &devasa para os portos seleccionados"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 "
-#~ "ports on the firewall.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Cando a devasa está activada pode decidir se desexa activar os portos "
-#~ "de Apache2 na devasa.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Cando a devasa está activada pode decidir se desexa activar os portos de Apache2 na devasa.</p>"
#~ msgid "IP Adresses"
#~ msgstr "Enderezos IP"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n"
-#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n"
+#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</p>,\n"
#~ "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n"
-#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, "
-#~ "use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar "
-#~ "hosts\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Resolución do servidor</b> establece a resolución ao utilizar hosts\n"
#~ "virtuais. Porén, seleccionar <b>Resolución mediante cabeceiras HTTP,</b>\n"
#~ "\t o servidor predeterminado nunca recibe peticións de enderezos IP de\n"
-#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado "
-#~ "en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>"
+#~ "\thosts virtuais baseados en nomes. Se pensa configurar un vhost baseado en SSL use <b>Resolución mediante enderezos IP</b></p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/inetd.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -280,8 +280,7 @@
#. Translators: Popup::Message
#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Para activar ou desactivar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal."
+msgstr "Para activar ou desactivar un servizo, seleccione un no diálogo principal."
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
@@ -388,8 +387,7 @@
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
-msgstr ""
-"O usuario %1 está reservado unicamente para os procesos internos do servidor."
+msgstr "O usuario %1 está reservado unicamente para os procesos internos do servidor."
#. Popup::Error
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38
@@ -417,8 +415,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando o proceso de inicio:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</b> "
-"agora.</p>\n"
+"Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54
@@ -450,10 +447,8 @@
"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuración do servizo de rede</big></b><br>\n"
-"Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados "
-"pola configuración\n"
-"dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en <b>Desactivar.</p>\n"
+"Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados pola configuración\n"
+"dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en <b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n"
# ollo, en <b> C </b> si logo non se pon C como nome da columna hai que modificar isto (by Sergio)
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70
@@ -471,25 +466,21 @@
"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n"
"All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n"
-"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be "
-"configured.</p>"
+"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Estado dos Servizos:</big></b><br>\n"
"Todos os servizos marcados con <b>---</b> están inactivos (bloqueado).\n"
"Todos os servizos marcados con <b>On</b> están activos (desbloqueado).\n"
-"Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se poden "
-"configurar.</p>"
+"Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se poden configurar.</p>"
# toggle status -> cambia estado?
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or "
-"Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Cambiando o estado do servizo:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On ou "
-"Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On ou Off)</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
@@ -519,13 +510,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n"
"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
-"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration "
-"will remain.</p>\n"
+"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando a configuración:</big></b>\n"
"Aborte a configuración premendo o botón <b>Abortar</b>.\n"
-"Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal manterase "
-"sen cambios.</p>\n"
+"Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal manterase sen cambios.</p>\n"
#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog.
#. @return The help text.
@@ -566,12 +555,8 @@
"</ul>"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info "
-"xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
@@ -590,19 +575,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>O <b>tipo de socket</b> debe ser stream, dgram, raw, ou seqpacket,\n"
"dependendo se o servizo está baseado en stream, está baseado en datagramas,\n"
-"require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial "
-"segura de\n"
+"require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial segura de\n"
"datagramas.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/"
-"protocols.\n"
+"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n"
"Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados en /"
-"etc/protocols.\n"
+"<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados en /etc/protocols.\n"
"Exemplos <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, e <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -630,8 +612,7 @@
"Se o valor do atributo é <b>non</b>, o servizo é\n"
"multifío e xinetd mantense procesando as novas peticións do servizo\n"
"e xinetd acepta a conexión.\n"
-"Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si,\n"
+"Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si</b>,\n"
"porque udp non está orientado a conexión. Os servidores <i>tcp/stream</i>\n"
"normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>non</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -644,8 +625,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O servidor executarase cos permisos do usuario seleccionado en\n"
-"<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se executen "
-"con\n"
+"<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se executen con\n"
"permisos menos ca os de root.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -659,8 +639,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>En <b>Servidor</b>, introduza a ruta do programa que vai ser\n"
"executado polo super-servidor cando chegue unha petición ao seu socket.\n"
-"Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do "
-"servidor</b>.\n"
+"Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do servidor</b>.\n"
"\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -747,9 +726,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
#~| "Internet super-server will be disabled."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\\nInternet super-server "
-#~ "will be disabled."
+#~ msgid "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\\nInternet super-server will be disabled."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Todos os servizos marcáronse como desactivados (bloqueado).\n"
#~ "Desactivarase o super-servidor de Internet."
@@ -767,9 +744,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease "
-#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración de xinetd</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n"
@@ -777,23 +752,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\\nSafely "
-#~ "abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
+#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o proceso de inicio:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar agora.</p>\n"
+#~ "Aborte de forma segura a utilidade de configuración premendo <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait..."
-#~ "<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración de xinetd</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n"
@@ -804,10 +773,7 @@
#~| "Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~| "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\\nAbort saving by "
-#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it "
-#~ "is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\\nAbort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o proceso de gardado:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Aborte premendo <b>Abortar</b>.\n"
@@ -817,19 +783,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-"
-#~| "server\n"
+#~| "Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n"
#~| "configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\\nClick <b>Enable to enable network services managed by a super-server\\nconfiguration. "
-#~ "To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\\nClick <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\\nconfiguration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do servizo de rede</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados "
-#~ "pola configuración\n"
-#~ "dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en "
-#~ "<b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "Faga clic en <b>Activar</b> para activar os servizos de rede xestionados pola configuración\n"
+#~ "dun super-servidor. Para deter o super-servidor, faga clic en <b>Desactivar</b>.</p>\n"
# ollo, en <b> C </b> si logo non se pon C como nome da columna hai que modificar isto (by Sergio)
#, fuzzy
@@ -837,14 +797,10 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n"
#~| "and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services "
-#~ "marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\\nand will be "
-#~ "changed in the system configuration.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\\nand will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Estado da configuración do servizo:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>X</b> na columna <b>Ch</b> foron "
-#~ "editados\n"
+#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>X</b> na columna <b>Ch</b> foron editados\n"
#~ "e cambiaranse na configuración do sistema.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -852,41 +808,29 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n"
#~| "All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n"
-#~| "All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be "
-#~| "configured.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services marked with "
-#~ "<b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\\nAll services marked with <b>On</b> "
-#~ "are active (unlocked).\\nAll services marked with <b>NI</b> are not "
-#~ "installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
+#~| "All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\\nAll services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\\nAll services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\\nAll services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Estado dos Servizos:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>---</b> están inactivos (bloqueado).\n"
#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>On</b> están activos (desbloqueado).\n"
-#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se "
-#~ "poden configurar.</p>"
+#~ "Todos os servizos marcados con <b>NI</b> non están instalados e non se poden configurar.</p>"
# toggle status -> cambia estado?
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~| "Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On "
-#~| "or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to "
-#~ "enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~| "Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Cambiando o estado do servizo:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On "
-#~ "ou Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "Seleccione o servizo a activar ou desactivar e prema <b>Cambia Estado (On ou Off)</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to edit "
-#~ "and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editando servizos:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Seleccione o servizo a editar e prema <b>Editar</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -895,9 +839,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to "
-#~ "delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\\nSelect the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Eliminando servizos:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Seleccione o servizo a eliminar e prema <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -906,9 +848,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n"
#~| "Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\\nClick <b>Create</b> and "
-#~ "complete the form.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\\nClick <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Engadindo unha nova entrada:</big></b>\n"
#~ "Faga clic en <b>Crear</b> e complete o formulario.</p>\n"
@@ -917,26 +857,19 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n"
#~| "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
-#~| "If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original "
-#~| "configuration will remain.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\\nLeave the configuration "
-#~ "untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\\nIf you do so, all your "
-#~ "changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\\n"
+#~| "If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\\nLeave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\\nIf you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a configuración:</big></b>\n"
#~ "Aborte a configuración premendo o botón <b>Abortar</b>.\n"
-#~ "Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal "
-#~ "manterase sen cambios.</p>\n"
+#~ "Se fai iso, perderanse todos os cambios e a configuración orixinal manterase sen cambios.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "\n"
#~| "<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n"
#~| "enter</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\\n<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\\nenter</p>"
-#~ "\\n"
+#~ msgid "\\n<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\\nenter</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p>Para crear unha entrada (servizo) válida para o super-servidor,\n"
@@ -955,10 +888,7 @@
#~| "<li>server program\n"
#~| "<li>server program arguments\n"
#~| "</ul>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<ul>\\n<li>service name\\n<li>RPC version (optional)\\n<li>socket type"
-#~ "\\n<li>protocol\\n<li>wait/nowait\\n<li>user\\n<li>group\\n<li>server "
-#~ "program\\n<li>server program arguments\\n</ul>"
+#~ msgid "<ul>\\n<li>service name\\n<li>RPC version (optional)\\n<li>socket type\\n<li>protocol\\n<li>wait/nowait\\n<li>user\\n<li>group\\n<li>server program\\n<li>server program arguments\\n</ul>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<ul>\n"
#~ "<li>nome do servizo\n"
@@ -973,22 +903,15 @@
#~ "</ul>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>."
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>."
-#~ "</p>\\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info "
-#~ "xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+#~| msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Esta é unha pequena descrición. Para máis información, vexa <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Introduza un nome de servizo válido no campo <b>servizo</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -999,33 +922,21 @@
#~| "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n"
#~| "requires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\n"
#~| "transmission.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,"
-#~ "\\ndepending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,"
-#~ "\\nrequires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram"
-#~ "\\ntransmission.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\\ndepending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\\nrequires direct access to IP, or requires reliable sequential datagram\\ntransmission.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O <b>tipo de socket</b> debe ser stream, dgram, raw, ou seqpacket,\n"
-#~ "dependendo se o servizo está baseado en stream, está baseado en "
-#~ "datagramas,\n"
-#~ "require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial "
-#~ "segura de\n"
+#~ "dependendo se o servizo está baseado en stream, está baseado en datagramas,\n"
+#~ "require acceso directo a unha IP ou require unha transmisión secuencial segura de\n"
#~ "datagramas.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/"
-#~| "protocols.\n"
-#~| "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp.\n"
+#~| "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n"
+#~| "Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/"
-#~ "protocols.\\nExamples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and "
-#~ "<i>rpc/udp</i>.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\\nExamples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados "
-#~ "en /etc/protocols.\n"
+#~ "<p>O <b>protocolo</b> debe ser un protocolo válido como os especificados en /etc/protocols.\n"
#~ "Exemplos <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, e <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -1033,8 +944,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n"
#~| "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n"
-#~| "connection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value "
-#~| "is\n"
+#~| "connection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\n"
#~| "<b>yes</b>, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \n"
#~| "starts the server then stops handling requests for the service\n"
#~| "until the server dies and that the server software accepts the\n"
@@ -1044,18 +954,7 @@
#~| "<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\n"
#~| "because udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n"
#~| "normally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\\nsingle-"
-#~ "threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\\nconnection or "
-#~ "the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\\n<b>yes</b>, "
-#~ "the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \\nstarts the "
-#~ "server then stops handling requests for the service\\nuntil the server "
-#~ "dies and that the server software accepts the\\nconnection. If the "
-#~ "attribute value is <b>no</b>, the service is\\nmultithreaded and xinetd "
-#~ "keeps handling new service requests and\\nxinetd accepts the connection. "
-#~ "\\n<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,"
-#~ "\\nbecause udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers"
-#~ "\\nnormally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\\nsingle-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\\nconnection or the server program accepts the connection. If its value is\\n<b>yes</b>, the service is single-threaded. This means that xinetd \\nstarts the server then stops handling requests for the service\\nuntil the server dies and that the server software accepts the\\nconnection. If the attribute value is <b>no</b>, the service is\\nmultithreaded and xinetd keeps handling new service requests and\\nxinetd accepts the connection. \\n<i>udp/dgram</i> services normally expect the value to be <b>yes</b>,\\nbecause udp is not connection oriented. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\\nnormally expect the value to be <b>no</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O campo <b>espera/sen espera</b> determina se o servizo é\n"
#~ "dun só fío ou multifío e se xinetd acepta a conexión ou se o programa\n"
@@ -1066,10 +965,8 @@
#~ "Se o valor do atributo é <b>non</b>, o servizo é\n"
#~ "multifío e xinetd mantense procesando as novas peticións do servizo\n"
#~ "e xinetd acepta a conexión.\n"
-#~ "Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si,\n"
-#~ "porque udp non está orientado a conexión. Os servidores <i>tcp/stream\n"
+#~ "Os servizos <i>udp/dgram</i> normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>si</b>,\n"
+#~ "porque udp non está orientado a conexión. Os servidores <i>tcp/stream</i>\n"
#~ "normalmente esperan que o valor sexa <b>non</b>.</p>\n"
# root por administrador?
@@ -1079,14 +976,10 @@
#~| "<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n"
#~| "less than root.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in"
-#~ "\\n<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions"
-#~ "\\nless than root.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\\n<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\\nless than root.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O servidor executarase cos permisos do usuario seleccionado en\n"
-#~ "<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se "
-#~ "executen con\n"
+#~ "<b>Usuario</b>. Isto é de utilidade para facer que os servizos se executen con\n"
#~ "permisos menos ca os de root.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -1094,18 +987,13 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n"
#~| "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n"
-#~| "Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments.\n"
+#~| "Parameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\\nbe executed "
-#~ "by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\\nParameters for "
-#~ "this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\\n\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\\nbe executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\\nParameters for this program can be specified in <b>Server Arguments</b>.\\n\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>En <b>Servidor</b>, introduza a ruta do programa que vai ser\n"
#~ "executado polo super-servidor cando chegue unha petición ao seu socket.\n"
-#~ "Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do "
-#~ "servidor</b>.\n"
+#~ "Os parámetros para este programa pódense especificar en <b>Argumentos do servidor</b>.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/installation.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -47,29 +47,19 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-#| "interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If "
-#| "this option is\n"
-#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-#| "xml</tt>.</p>"
+#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a "
-"intervención do\n"
-"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema "
-"instalado.\n"
-"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/"
-"root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n"
+"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n"
+"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68
@@ -88,9 +78,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)."
+msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
@@ -136,12 +124,8 @@
msgstr "Instalación desde imaxes"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Aquí pode escoller empregar imaxes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar a "
-"instalación RPM."
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "Aquí pode escoller empregar imaxes predefinidas de Novell para acelerar a instalación RPM."
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -152,12 +136,8 @@
msgstr "Non instalar &desde imaxes"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Despregue de imaxes personalizadas - necesita que un URL sexa configurado "
-"coma fonte de instalación"
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Despregue de imaxes personalizadas - necesita que un URL sexa configurado coma fonte de instalación"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162
@@ -165,20 +145,12 @@
msgstr "Aquí pode crear imaxes personalizadas.\n"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"Debe configurar a selección de software primeiro antes de que poida crear "
-"unha imaxe aquí"
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "Debe configurar a selección de software primeiro antes de que poida crear unha imaxe aquí"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Crear un ficheiro de imaxe (AutoYaST irá obtelo do lugar indicado durante a "
-"instalación)"
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Crear un ficheiro de imaxe (AutoYaST irá obtelo do lugar indicado durante a instalación)"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -202,26 +174,21 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Creando imaxes propias</b> emprégase se quere\n"
"saltar o paso completo da instalación RPM. AutoYaST implantará unha imaxe\n"
"no disco duro que é moito máis rápida e que pode estar xa preconfigurada.\n"
-"Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha "
-"instalación automática normal.</p>"
+"Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha instalación automática normal.</p>"
#: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
@@ -230,10 +197,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created."
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -273,15 +238,13 @@
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"A instalación dende imaxes está activada (desactivar</a>)."
+msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está activada (desactivar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (activar</a>)."
+msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (activar</a>)."
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
@@ -396,8 +359,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a "
-"instalación\n"
+"Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a instalación\n"
"e no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -407,8 +369,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -541,20 +502,14 @@
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
-"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a "
-"intervención do\n"
-"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema "
-"instalado.\n"
-"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/"
-"root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n"
+"usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n"
+"Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. Dialog busy message
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
@@ -566,10 +521,8 @@
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para clonar o sistema actual, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe ser instalado.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para clonar o sistema actual, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe ser instalado.</p>"
#: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -582,7 +535,7 @@
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "O sistema vaise reiniciar agora..."
#. bnc #395030
#. Use less memory
@@ -607,8 +560,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
@@ -643,9 +595,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
@@ -725,8 +675,7 @@
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
-msgstr ""
-"Iniciar o xestor de software para comprobar e instalar as actualizacións?"
+msgstr "Iniciar o xestor de software para comprobar e instalar as actualizacións?"
#. check box
#: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512
@@ -868,23 +817,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Para usar repositorios remotos suxeridos durante a instalación ou\n"
-"actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da "
-"instalación</b>.</p>"
+"actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da instalación</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
@@ -941,8 +886,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Precísase unha rede configurada para usar repositorios remotos ou\n"
"complementos. Se non usa repositorios remotos, salte a configuración.</p>\n"
@@ -957,36 +901,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. <i>openSUSE\n"
+"<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. <i>openSUSE</i>\n"
"ofrece diferentes ambientes de escritorio. Embaixo pode ver unha lista dos\n"
"dous principais <b>GNOME</b> e <b>KDE</b>."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha "
-"instalación mínima)\n"
-"que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . "
-"Despois \n"
-"na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección ou "
-"engadir \n"
-"un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito "
-"predeterminado.</p>"
+"<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha instalación mínima)\n"
+"que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . Despois \n"
+"na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección ou engadir \n"
+"un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito predeterminado.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
@@ -1130,18 +1064,13 @@
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de "
-"embaixo."
+msgstr "Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de embaixo."
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
+#| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr ""
-"Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de "
-"embaixo."
+msgstr "Prema en un título para facer cambios ou use o menú \"Cambiar...\" de embaixo."
#. menu button item
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170
@@ -1166,13 +1095,11 @@
#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores que "
-"se mostran.\n"
+"Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores que se mostran.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. kicking out, bug #203811
@@ -1212,8 +1139,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores que "
-"se mostran.\n"
+"Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores que se mostran.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
@@ -1263,8 +1189,7 @@
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas "
-"virtuais\n"
+"<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas virtuais\n"
"de Linux independentes no sistema anfitrión.</P>"
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
@@ -1433,16 +1358,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr ""
-"YaST estáa a comprobar o hardware do ordenador e os sistemas instalados "
-"agora."
+msgstr "YaST estáa a comprobar o hardware do ordenador e os sistemas instalados agora."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
@@ -1535,12 +1457,10 @@
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aquí ve todos os repositorios de software que se\n"
-"atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira incluír "
-"no proceso de actualización.</p>"
+"atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira incluír no proceso de actualización.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249
@@ -1549,8 +1469,7 @@
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para activar, eliminar ou desactivar un URL, prema no botón\n"
-"<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa."
+"<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253
@@ -1954,8 +1873,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para a instalación básica.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para a instalación básica.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
@@ -1995,9 +1913,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para levar a cabo unha "
-"actualización.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Xa está completa a información necesaria para levar a cabo unha actualización.</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248
@@ -2035,8 +1951,7 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)."
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"A instalación dende imaxes está activada (desactivar</a>)."
+msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está activada (desactivar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
@@ -2044,14 +1959,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)."
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (activar</a>)."
+msgstr "A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada (activar</a>)."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
@@ -2108,8 +2020,7 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"A instalación non logrou resolver as dependencias de paquete "
-"automaticamente.\n"
+"A instalación non logrou resolver as dependencias de paquete automaticamente.\n"
"Abrirase o xestor de software para resolvelas de xeito manual."
#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
@@ -2184,8 +2095,7 @@
#~ "Are you sure you want to use it?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A ligazón da interface seleccionada %1 está desconectada.\n"
-#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede "
-#~ "axeitada.\n"
+#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede axeitada.\n"
#~ "Está seguro de que desexala usala?"
#~ msgid "&Yes, Use it"
@@ -2203,10 +2113,8 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Información de hardware da tarxeta de rede seleccionada"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Aquí pode configurar as tarxetas de rede para usalas de inmediato.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Aquí pode configurar as tarxetas de rede para usalas de inmediato.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
@@ -2380,9 +2288,7 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "Escribindo a configuración de rede..."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Agarde mentres se escribe e proba a configuración de rede...</p>"
#~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..."
@@ -2471,32 +2377,26 @@
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Seleccione <b>Actualización dun sistema existente</b> para actualizar un\n"
#~ "sistema Linux xa instalado na súa máquina. Esta opción manterá os\n"
-#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa "
-#~ "posible.\n"
+#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa posible.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~ "program\n"
+#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle "
-#~ "configurar\n"
-#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. "
-#~ "Senón\n"
+#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle configurar\n"
+#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. Senón\n"
#~ "háselle ofrecer unha proposta de configuración coa posibilidade de\n"
-#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia "
-#~ "usar\n"
+#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia usar\n"
#~ "a configuración automática.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>O modo de actualización non soporta a configuración automática.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>O modo de actualización non soporta a configuración automática.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
@@ -2574,9 +2474,7 @@
#~ msgstr "Abrindo ficheiro..."
#~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "O proceso SCR rematou de súpeto, imprimindo as derradeiras liñas de "
-#~ "rexistro..."
+#~ msgstr "O proceso SCR rematou de súpeto, imprimindo as derradeiras liñas de rexistro..."
#~ msgid "YaST process got killed."
#~ msgstr "O proceso de YaST finalizou de súpeto."
@@ -2593,10 +2491,8 @@
#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
#~ msgstr "Fallou a conexión a inst-sys. O depurador non pode continuar."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Para acceder ao sistema X11, debe instalarse o paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Para acceder ao sistema X11, debe instalarse o paquete <b>%1</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Desexa instalalo agora?</p>"
@@ -2608,19 +2504,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
-#~| "up.\n"
-#~| "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching "
-#~| "your\n"
-#~| "selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained "
-#~| "in the\n"
+#~| "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
+#~| "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
+#~| "selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
#~| "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up."
-#~ "\\nImages contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching "
-#~ "your\\nselection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not "
-#~ "contained in the\\nimages will be installed from packages the standard "
-#~ "way.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\\nImages contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\\nselection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\\nimages will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A <b>instalación desde imaxes</b> úsase para acelerar a instalación.\n"
#~ "As imaxes conteñen capturas comprimidas de sistemas instalados que\n"
@@ -2630,50 +2518,30 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-#~| "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST "
-#~| "will dump an\n"
-#~| "image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-#~| "already.\n"
-#~| "Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-#~| "installation.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\\nwant to skip the complete "
-#~ "step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\\nimage on the "
-#~ "harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already."
-#~ "\\nEverything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal "
-#~ "auto-installation.</p>"
+#~| "want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+#~| "image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+#~| "Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\\nwant to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\\nimage on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\\nEverything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Creando imaxes propias</b> emprégase se quere\n"
-#~ "saltar o paso completo da instalación RPM. AutoYaST implantará unha "
-#~ "imaxe\n"
-#~ "no disco duro que é moito máis rápida e que pode estar xa "
-#~ "preconfigurada.\n"
-#~ "Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha "
-#~ "instalación automática normal.</p>"
+#~ "saltar o paso completo da instalación RPM. AutoYaST implantará unha imaxe\n"
+#~ "no disco duro que é moito máis rápida e que pode estar xa preconfigurada.\n"
+#~ "Todo o máis que a instalación RPM está feita do mesmo xeito que nunha instalación automática normal.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all "
-#~| "packages originating from the images will\n"
-#~| "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was "
-#~| "created.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-#~ "originating from the images will\\nnot match the installation date but "
-#~ "rather the date the image was created.</p>"
+#~| "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+#~| "not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\\nnot match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Teña en conta que ao instalar a partir de imaxes, a hora e data de "
-#~ "creación de todos os paquetes procedentes das imaxes\n"
-#~ "poden non coincidir coa data de instalación aínda que a data da imaxe "
-#~ "fose creada.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Teña en conta que ao instalar a partir de imaxes, a hora e data de creación de todos os paquetes procedentes das imaxes\n"
+#~ "poden non coincidir coa data de instalación aínda que a data da imaxe fose creada.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
#~| "pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current"
-#~ "\\npattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\\npattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A instalación dende imaxes está desactivada por defecto\n"
#~ "se a selección actual de patróns non concorda con ningún conxunto\n"
@@ -2685,9 +2553,7 @@
#~| "\n"
#~| "Currently selected patterns do not fit the images\n"
#~| "stored on the installation media.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Cannot enable installation from images.\\n\\nCurrently selected patterns "
-#~ "do not fit the images\\nstored on the installation media.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Cannot enable installation from images.\\n\\nCurrently selected patterns do not fit the images\\nstored on the installation media.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non foi posible activar a instalación desde imaxes.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -2700,9 +2566,7 @@
#~| "Details: %1\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Try again?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\\nDetails: %1\\n\\nTry "
-#~ "again?"
+#~ msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\\nDetails: %1\\n\\nTry again?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ocorreu un erro mentres se conectaba ó servidor.\n"
#~ "Detalles: %1\n"
@@ -2713,9 +2577,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
#~| "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Select whether to run an online update now.\\nYou may skip this step and "
-#~ "run an online update later.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Select whether to run an online update now.\\nYou may skip this step and run an online update later.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Seleccione se executar unha actualización en liña agora.\n"
#~ "Pode omitir este paso e executar unha actualización en liña despois.\n"
@@ -2732,11 +2594,7 @@
#~| " to detect your videocard properly...\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "******************************************************\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\\n\\n******************************************************\\n\\n Do not "
-#~ "panic!\\n\\n X11 Configuration must switch to console for a while\\n to "
-#~ "detect your videocard properly...\\n"
-#~ "\\n******************************************************\\n"
+#~ msgid "\\n\\n******************************************************\\n\\n Do not panic!\\n\\n X11 Configuration must switch to console for a while\\n to detect your videocard properly...\\n\\n******************************************************\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -2752,17 +2610,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used "
-#~| "during\n"
+#~| "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
#~| "installation and for the installed system.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be "
-#~ "used during\\ninstallation and for the installed system.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nChoose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\\ninstallation and for the installed system.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante "
-#~ "a instalación\n"
+#~ "Escolla o <b>Idioma</b> e a <b>Disposición de teclado</b> a usar durante a instalación\n"
#~ "e no sistema instalado.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2770,18 +2624,13 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-#~| "Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-#~| "translations.\n"
+#~| "Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nThe license must be accepted before the installation continues."
-#~ "\\nUse <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all "
-#~ "available translations.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nThe license must be accepted before the installation continues.\\nUse <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Ten que aceptar a licenza antes de continuar coa instalación.\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Traducións da licenza...</b> para mostrar a licenza en todas as "
-#~ "traducións dispoñibles.\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Traducións da licenza...</b> para mostrar a licenza en todas as traducións dispoñibles.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -2801,9 +2650,7 @@
#~| "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
#~| "all your settings in the last installation dialog.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\\nall your "
-#~ "settings in the last installation dialog.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nNothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\\nall your settings in the last installation dialog.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Non lle vai ocorrer nada ao ordenador ata que confirme\n"
@@ -2816,9 +2663,7 @@
#~| "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
#~| "installation process at any time.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Abort</b> to abort the\\ninstallation process at any time."
-#~ "\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Abort</b> to abort the\\ninstallation process at any time.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Seleccione <b>Abortar</b> para abortar\n"
@@ -2829,9 +2674,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
#~| "the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\\nthe ZMD "
-#~ "service during system start.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\\nthe ZMD service during system start.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Desactivar o Servizo ZMD</b> para parar e\n"
#~ "desactivar o servizo ZMD durante o inicio do sistema.</p>\n"
@@ -2840,9 +2683,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
#~| "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\\nAfter "
-#~ "clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\\nAfter clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A instalación de &product; na súa máquina está completada.\n"
#~ "Despois de premer en <b>Rematar</b>, poderá entrar no sistema.</p>\n"
@@ -2851,9 +2692,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
#~| "to the login screen.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\\nto the "
-#~ "login screen.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\\nto the login screen.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Finalizar</b> ha pechar a instalación de YaST e\n"
#~ "continuará á pantalla de inicio de sesión.</p>\n"
@@ -2863,10 +2702,7 @@
#~| "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
#~| "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
#~| "our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\\nadjust some "
-#~ "KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\\nour SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>"
-#~ "\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\\nadjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\\nour SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se elixe o escritorio gráfico predeterminado KDE, pode\n"
#~ "axustar algunhas opcións de KDE ó seu hardware. Teña en\n"
@@ -2875,26 +2711,15 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-#~| "interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If "
-#~| "this option is\n"
-#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/"
-#~| "autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\\nAutoYaST "
-#~ "is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\\nneeds a profile to know what the installed system "
-#~ "should look like. If this option is\\nselected, a profile of the current "
-#~ "system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+#~| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\\nAutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\\nneeds a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\\nselected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se desexa crear un perfil de AutoYaST.\n"
-#~ "AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen "
-#~ "a intervención do\n"
-#~ "usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema "
-#~ "instalado.\n"
-#~ "Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en "
-#~ "<tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ "AutoYaST é un xeito de facer unha instalación de SUSE Linux completa sen a intervención do\n"
+#~ "usuario. AutoYaST precisa un perfil para saber como debe ser o sistema instalado.\n"
+#~ "Se se selecciona esta opción, almacénase un perfil do sistema actual en <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -2908,24 +2733,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-#~| "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-#~| "packages."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Debugging has been turned on.\\nYaST will open a software manager for you "
-#~ "to check the current status of packages."
+#~| "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
+#~ msgid "Debugging has been turned on.\\nYaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Debugging atópase desactivado.\n"
-#~ "YaST abrirá o xestor de software para verificar o estado actual dos "
-#~ "paquetes."
+#~ "YaST abrirá o xestor de software para verificar o estado actual dos paquetes."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\n"
#~| "We are using a fall-back one. This should not happen\n"
#~| "and it is worth reporting a bug."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\\nWe are using a fall-"
-#~ "back one. This should not happen\\nand it is worth reporting a bug."
+#~ msgid "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\\nWe are using a fall-back one. This should not happen\\nand it is worth reporting a bug."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "YaST non puido atopar o ficheiro de control correcto.\n"
#~ "Estase a utilizar un alternativo. Isto non debería pasar,\n"
@@ -2935,9 +2754,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\n"
#~| "workflows unified for all products.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\\nworkflows "
-#~ "unified for all products.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\\nworkflows unified for all products.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Un ficheiro de control alternativo contén fluxos de instalación\n"
#~ "e actualización unificados para todos os produtos.</p>"
@@ -2963,15 +2780,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
-#~| "your\n"
+#~| "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
#~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~| "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system "
-#~ "on your\\nmachine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system "
-#~ "completely,\\ndiscarding all its configuration data.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\\nmachine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\\ndiscarding all its configuration data.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Seleccione <b>Nova instalación</b> se non hai ningún sistema Linux\n"
@@ -2982,79 +2795,55 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Select <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system "
-#~| "already\n"
+#~| "Select <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system already\n"
#~| "installed on your machine. This option preserves configuration settings\n"
#~| "from your existing system whenever possible.\n"
#~| "</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system "
-#~ "already\\ninstalled on your machine. This option preserves configuration "
-#~ "settings\\nfrom your existing system whenever possible.\\n</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system already\\ninstalled on your machine. This option preserves configuration settings\\nfrom your existing system whenever possible.\\n</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Seleccione <b>Actualización dun sistema existente</b> para actualizar un\n"
#~ "sistema Linux xa instalado na súa máquina. Esta opción manterá os\n"
-#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa "
-#~ "posible.\n"
+#~ "parámetros da configuración do sistema existente sempre que sexa posible.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, "
-#~| "select\n"
+#~| "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
#~| "<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nTo use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, "
-#~ "select\\n<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\\n<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Para usar repositorios remotos suxeridos durante a instalación ou\n"
-#~ "actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da "
-#~ "instalación</b>.</p>"
+#~ "actualización, seleccione <b>Engadir repositorios en liña antes da instalación</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with "
-#~| "&product;, select\n"
+#~| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
#~| "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nTo install an add-on product from separate media together with "
-#~ "&product;, select\\n<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nTo install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\\n<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Para instalar un complemento desde un soporte diferente mendiante "
-#~ "&product;, seleccione\n"
+#~ "Para instalar un complemento desde un soporte diferente mendiante &product;, seleccione\n"
#~ "<b>Incluír complementos de discos separados</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~| "program\n"
+#~| "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
#~| "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
-#~| "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all "
-#~| "the\n"
+#~| "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~| "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
#~| "configuration.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
-#~ "program\\nconfigure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise "
-#~ "you will\\nbe offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to "
-#~ "tune all the\\nsettings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use "
-#~ "automatic\\nconfiguration.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\\nconfigure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\\nbe offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\\nsettings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\\nconfiguration.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle "
-#~ "configurar\n"
-#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. "
-#~ "Senón\n"
+#~ "Seleccione <b>Usar configuración automática</b> para deixarlle configurar\n"
+#~ "automaticamente o hardware e maila rede ao programa de instalación. Senón\n"
#~ "háselle ofrecer unha proposta de configuración coa posibilidade de\n"
-#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia "
-#~ "usar\n"
+#~ "axustar a man todas as opcións. Aconséllase aos usuarios sen experiencia usar\n"
#~ "a configuración automática.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3062,9 +2851,7 @@
#~| "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
#~| "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\\navailable if an existing Linux "
-#~ "system has been detected.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\\navailable if an existing Linux system has been detected.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A función <b>Actualizar</b> está só\n"
#~ "dispoñible se un sistema Linux existente é detectado correctamente.\n"
@@ -3075,9 +2862,7 @@
#~| "No network setup has been found.\n"
#~| "It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
#~| "otherwise you can safely skip it.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No network setup has been found.\\nIt is important if using remote "
-#~ "repositories,\\notherwise you can safely skip it.\\n"
+#~ msgid "No network setup has been found.\\nIt is important if using remote repositories,\\notherwise you can safely skip it.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se atopou ningunha configuración de rede.\n"
#~ "É importante se se está usando repositorios\n"
@@ -3087,9 +2872,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>The current installation system does not\n"
#~| "have a configured network.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The current installation system does not\\nhave a configured network.\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The current installation system does not\\nhave a configured network.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O sistema de instalación actual non ten\n"
#~ "configurada unha rede.</p>\n"
@@ -3097,23 +2880,17 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-#~| "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-#~| "configuration.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\\nor add-"
-#~ "on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-#~ "configuration.</p>\\n"
+#~| "or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\\nor add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Precísase unha rede configurada para usar repositorios remotos ou\n"
-#~ "complementos. Se non usa repositorios remotos, salte a configuración.\n"
+#~ "complementos. Se non usa repositorios remotos, salte a configuración.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
#~| "the logs for details.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Network configuration has failed.\\nCheck the log file %1 for details."
+#~ msgid "Network configuration has failed.\\nCheck the log file %1 for details."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fallou a busca das últimas actualizacións.\n"
#~ "Consulte os logs para obter detalles.\n"
@@ -3123,9 +2900,7 @@
#~| "No network card has been selected.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Select a network card to configure it later.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No network card has been selected.\\n\\nSelect a network card to "
-#~ "configure it later.\\n"
+#~ msgid "No network card has been selected.\\n\\nSelect a network card to configure it later.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se seleccionou ningunha tarxeta de rede.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3136,23 +2911,17 @@
#~| "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\n"
#~| "It needs to be connected for a proper network configuration.\n"
#~| "Are you sure you want to use it?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\\nIt needs to be "
-#~ "connected for a proper network configuration.\\nAre you sure you want to "
-#~ "use it?"
+#~ msgid "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\\nIt needs to be connected for a proper network configuration.\\nAre you sure you want to use it?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A ligazón da interface seleccionada %1 está desconectada.\n"
-#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede "
-#~ "axeitada.\n"
+#~ "Ten que estar conectado para realizar unha configuración de rede axeitada.\n"
#~ "Está seguro de que desexala usala?"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
#~| "you can safely skip the configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\\nyou can safely skip the "
-#~ "configuration.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\\nyou can safely skip the configuration.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se non precisa unh conexión de rede agora,\n"
#~ "pode saltar a configuración sen problemas.</p>"
@@ -3162,9 +2931,7 @@
#~| "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n"
#~| "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n"
#~| "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\\nand click the "
-#~ "<b>Next</b> button.\\nOtherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\\nand click the <b>Next</b> button.\\nOtherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Para configurar unha tarxeta de rede, selecciónea\n"
#~ "na lista e prema no botón <b>Seguinte</b>.\n"
@@ -3174,8 +2941,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\n"
#~| "of a proxy server."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\\nof a proxy server."
+#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\\nof a proxy server."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "'%1' é un enderezo IP incorrecto ou un nome de\n"
#~ "host incorrecto para un servidor proxy."
@@ -3185,9 +2951,7 @@
#~| "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Port number must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\\n\\nPort number must be between 1 "
-#~ "and 65535 inclusive."
+#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\\n\\nPort number must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "'%1' é un número de porto de proxy incorrecto.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3200,11 +2964,7 @@
#~| "Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n"
#~| "For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n"
#~| "administrator.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\\n<br>Configure your network card."
-#~ "\\nSelect either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\\nFor "
-#~ "details contact your Internet provider or your network\\nadministrator.\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\\n<br>Configure your network card.\\nSelect either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\\nFor details contact your Internet provider or your network\\nadministrator.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Configuración de rede</b></big>\n"
#~ "<br>Configure a tarxeta de rede.\n"
@@ -3218,10 +2978,7 @@
#~| "<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n"
#~| "In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n"
#~| "you do not need to use one.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\\n<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for "
-#~ "accessing the web.\\nIn most cases, if you have a direct connection to "
-#~ "the Internet,\\nyou do not need to use one.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\\n<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\\nIn most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\\nyou do not need to use one.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\n"
#~ "<br>Un proxy é unha caché nun servidor que se usa para\n"
@@ -3233,9 +2990,7 @@
#~| "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\n"
#~| "<p>The output of the command was:\n"
#~| "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\\n<p>The output of the command "
-#~ "was:\\n<pre>%2</pre></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\\n<p>The output of the command was:\\n<pre>%2</pre></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O comando: <tt>%1</tt> fallou.</p>\n"
#~ "<p>A saída do comando foi:\n"
@@ -3245,9 +3000,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "A failure occurred during preparing\n"
#~| "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A failure occurred during preparing\\nthe installation system for writing "
-#~ "the proxy configuration."
+#~ msgid "A failure occurred during preparing\\nthe installation system for writing the proxy configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ocorreu un erro durante a preparación do sistema de\n"
#~ "instalación para escribir a configuración do proxy."
@@ -3257,9 +3010,7 @@
#~| "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\n"
#~| "redirected to the previous dialog to change the configuration.\n"
#~| "Go back and change it?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\\nredirected to the "
-#~ "previous dialog to change the configuration.\\nGo back and change it?"
+#~ msgid "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\\nredirected to the previous dialog to change the configuration.\\nGo back and change it?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A proba de conexión á Internet fallou. Debería ser redirixido\n"
#~ "ao diálogo anterior para cambiar a configuración.\n"
@@ -3270,9 +3021,7 @@
#~| "Unknown network setup.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Please, go back and provide a valid network setup."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unknown network setup.\\n\\nPlease, go back and provide a valid network "
-#~ "setup."
+#~ msgid "Unknown network setup.\\n\\nPlease, go back and provide a valid network setup."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Configuración de rede descoñecida.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3283,10 +3032,7 @@
#~| "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
#~| "You will be returned to the previous dialog to either\n"
#~| "change the settings or cancel the network setup.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\\nYou will be returned to the "
-#~ "previous dialog to either\\nchange the settings or cancel the network "
-#~ "setup.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Writing the network settings failed.\\nYou will be returned to the previous dialog to either\\nchange the settings or cancel the network setup.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fallo ao escribir a configuración de rede.\n"
#~ "Será devolto ao diálogo anterior para cambiar as\n"
@@ -3294,53 +3040,33 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-#~| "number \n"
-#~| "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-#~| "ones \n"
+#~| "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+#~| "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
#~| "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-#~ "number \\nof different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the "
-#~ "2 major ones \\n<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \\nof different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \\n<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. "
-#~ "<i>openSUSE</i>\n"
-#~ "ofrece diferentes ambientes de escritorio. Embaixo pode ver unha lista "
-#~ "dos\n"
+#~ "<p>En Linux a <b>escolla</b> é unha prioridade moi importante. <i>openSUSE</i>\n"
+#~ "ofrece diferentes ambientes de escritorio. Embaixo pode ver unha lista dos\n"
#~ "dous principais <b>GNOME</b> e <b>KDE</b>."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-#~| "installation patterns)\n"
-#~| "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later "
-#~| "in the software \n"
-#~| "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-#~| "additional desktop \n"
+#~| "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+#~| "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+#~| "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
#~| "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-#~ "installation patterns)\\nthat could fit your needs better using the "
-#~ "<b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \\nselection or after "
-#~ "installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop "
-#~ "\\nenvironments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\\nthat could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \\nselection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \\nenvironments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha "
-#~ "instalación mínima)\n"
-#~ "que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . "
-#~ "Despois \n"
-#~ "na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección "
-#~ "ou engadir \n"
-#~ "un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito "
-#~ "predeterminado.</p>"
+#~ "<p>Pode seleccionar alternativas de contornos de escritorio (ou unha instalación mínima)\n"
+#~ "que mellor se adapte ás súas necesidades usando a opción <b>Outros</b> . Despois \n"
+#~ "na selección de software ou logo da instalación, pode cambiar a selección ou engadir \n"
+#~ "un contorno adicional. Nesta pantalla seleccione o que empregará de xeito predeterminado.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "No system type was selected.\n"
#~| "Select the default type."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No desktop type was selected.\\nSelect the desired desktop environment."
+#~ msgid "No desktop type was selected.\\nSelect the desired desktop environment."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se seleccionou o tipo de sistema.\n"
#~ "Selecciónase o tipo predeterminado."
@@ -3349,9 +3075,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
#~| "resolved before continuing.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The proposal contains an error that must be\\nresolved before continuing."
-#~ "\\n"
+#~ msgid "The proposal contains an error that must be\\nresolved before continuing.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A proposta contén un erro que debe\n"
#~ "solucionarse antes de continuar.\n"
@@ -3371,9 +3095,7 @@
#~| "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
#~| "or by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nChange the values by clicking on the respective headline\\nor by "
-#~ "using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nChange the values by clicking on the respective headline\\nor by using the <b>Change...</b> menu.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Cambie os valores premendo no título correspondente ou\n"
@@ -3383,16 +3105,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>\n"
-#~| "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-#~| "displayed.\n"
+#~| "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-#~ "displayed.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores "
-#~ "que se mostran.\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Instalar</b> para levar a cabo unha nova instalación cos valores que se mostran.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3400,13 +3118,10 @@
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nYour hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely "
-#~ "abort.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nYour hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "O seu disco duro non foi modificado, aínda pode abortar a instalación sen "
-#~ "problemas.\n"
+#~ "O seu disco duro non foi modificado, aínda pode abortar a instalación sen problemas.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3414,13 +3129,10 @@
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed."
-#~ "\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nSelect <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores "
-#~ "que se mostran.\n"
+#~ "Use <b>Actualizar</b> para levar a cabo unha actualización cos valores que se mostran.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3428,9 +3140,7 @@
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nPut the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>"
-#~ "\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nPut the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Faga que as opcións de rede teñan efecto premendo <b>Seguinte</b>.\n"
@@ -3441,9 +3151,7 @@
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nPut the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>"
-#~ "\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nPut the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Faga que as opcións de servizos teñan efecto premendo <b>Seguinte</b>.\n"
@@ -3454,9 +3162,7 @@
#~| "<p>\n"
#~| "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\\nPut the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>\\nPut the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Faga que as opcións de hardware teñan efecto premendo <b>Seguinte</b>.\n"
@@ -3466,12 +3172,9 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
#~| "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent"
-#~ "\\nLinux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
+#~ msgid "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\\nLinux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas "
-#~ "virtuais\n"
+#~ "<P>A instalación de UML (User Mode Linux) halle permitir iniciar máquinas virtuais\n"
#~ "de Linux independentes no sistema anfitrión.</P>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -3488,52 +3191,37 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-#~| "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If "
-#~| "a\n"
+#~| "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
#~| "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\\nlocked by the system administrator and "
-#~ "therefore cannot be changed. If a\\nlocked proposal needs to be changed, "
-#~ "ask your system administrator.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Some proposals might be\\nlocked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\\nlocked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Pode que algunhas propostas\n"
-#~ "estean bloqueadas polo administrador do sistema e non sexa posible "
-#~ "cambialas.\n"
-#~ "Para cambiar unha proposta que está bloqueada, fale co administrador do "
-#~ "sistema.</p>\n"
+#~ "estean bloqueadas polo administrador do sistema e non sexa posible cambialas.\n"
+#~ "Para cambiar unha proposta que está bloqueada, fale co administrador do sistema.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a "
-#~| "brief\n"
+#~| "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
#~| "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief"
-#~ "\\nsummary of new features and changes.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\\nsummary of new features and changes.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>As<b>notas de publicación</b> do sistema Linux instalado fornecen un "
-#~ "pequeno\n"
+#~ "<p>As<b>notas de publicación</b> do sistema Linux instalado fornecen un pequeno\n"
#~ "resumo das novas funcionalidades e cambios.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
#~| "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\\nAdditional software "
-#~ "can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\\nAdditional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Seleccione un contorno que se adapte mellor ás súas necesidades.\n"
-#~ "Máis adiante poderá escoller software adicional na proposta de "
-#~ "instalación.</p>\n"
+#~ "Máis adiante poderá escoller software adicional na proposta de instalación.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
#~| "Please check your hardware!\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\\nCheck 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-#~ "installation."
+#~ msgid "\\nCheck 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se atopou ningún disco duro para a instalación.\n"
#~ "Comprobe o seu hardware!\n"
@@ -3542,9 +3230,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
#~| "Please check your hardware!\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nPlease check your "
-#~ "hardware!\\n%1\\n"
+#~ msgid "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nPlease check your hardware!\\n%1\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se atopou ningún disco duro para a instalación.\n"
#~ "Comprobe o seu hardware!\n"
@@ -3554,10 +3240,7 @@
#~| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
#~| "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
#~| "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nDuring an automatic "
-#~ "installation, they might be detected later.\\n(especially on S/390 or "
-#~ "iSCSI systems)\\n"
+#~ msgid "No hard disks were found for the installation.\\nDuring an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\\n(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se atoparon discos duros para realizar a instalación.\n"
#~ "Pode que se detecten máis tarde durante a instalación automática.\n"
@@ -3568,9 +3251,7 @@
#~| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
#~| "found for the installation.\n"
#~| "Check your hardware.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\\nfound for the "
-#~ "installation.\\nCheck your hardware.\\n%1\\n"
+#~ msgid "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\\nfound for the installation.\\nCheck your hardware.\\n%1\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se atoparon discos duros ou controladores de\n"
#~ "disco duro para a instalación.\n"
@@ -3580,9 +3261,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
#~| "Aborting the installation."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\\nAborting the "
-#~ "installation."
+#~ msgid "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\\nAborting the installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fallo ao iniciar os repositorios de software.\n"
#~ "Abortando a instalación."
@@ -3599,28 +3278,20 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-#~| "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in "
-#~| "the upgrade process.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\\non the system you are "
-#~ "upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
+#~| "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\\non the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Aquí ve todos os repositorios de software que se\n"
-#~ "atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira "
-#~ "incluír no proceso de actualización.</p>"
+#~ "atoparon para o sistema que está actualizando. Active os que queira incluír no proceso de actualización.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
-#~| "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item."
-#~| "</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\\n<b>Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
+#~| "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\\n<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Para activar, eliminar ou desactivar un URL, prema no botón\n"
-#~ "<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "<b> Cambiar estado</b> ou faga dobre clic no elemento respectivo da táboa.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -3637,9 +3308,7 @@
#~| "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "If you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Make sure that media with label %1\\nis in the CD/DVD drive.\\n\\nIf you "
-#~ "skip it, the repository will not be added.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Make sure that media with label %1\\nis in the CD/DVD drive.\\n\\nIf you skip it, the repository will not be added.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Asegúrese de que o medio coa etiqueta %1\n"
#~ "estea no dispositivo CD/DVD.\n"
@@ -3696,10 +3365,7 @@
#~| "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
#~| "<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
#~| " \n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to"
-#~ "\\nuse. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click"
-#~ "\\n<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\\n \\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\\nuse. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\\n<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\\n \\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Hai que facer unhas poucas cousas máis antes de que o sistema\n"
#~ "estea listo para usar. Agora YaST hao guiar pola configuración básica.\n"
@@ -3710,9 +3376,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
#~| "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\\nbasic configuration of the system.\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\\nbasic configuration of the system.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para ir á\n"
#~ "configuración básica do sistema.</p>\n"
@@ -3723,11 +3387,7 @@
#~| "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n"
#~| "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
#~| "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are"
-#~ "\\npart of the installation media. During installation, if a connection"
-#~ "\\nto the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes"
-#~ "\\nfrom the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\\npart of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\\nto the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\\nfrom the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Estas son as notas de publicación feitas para a primeira versión\n"
#~ "inicial. Son parte do soporte de instalación. Durante a instalación,\n"
@@ -3746,19 +3406,14 @@
#~| "\n"
#~| "**************************************************************\n"
#~| "\t\t"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\\n**************************************************************\\n"
-#~ "\\nLoading installed kernel using kexec.\\n\\nTrying to load installed "
-#~ "kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\\nPlease, wait.\\n"
-#~ "\\n**************************************************************\\n\t\t"
+#~ msgid "\\n**************************************************************\\n\\nLoading installed kernel using kexec.\\n\\nTrying to load installed kernel via kexec instead of rebooting\\nPlease, wait.\\n\\n**************************************************************\\n\t\t"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "**************************************************************\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Cargando o kernel instalado usando kexec.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Intentando cargar o kernel instalado a través de kexec en vez de "
-#~ "reiniciar\n"
+#~ "Intentando cargar o kernel instalado a través de kexec en vez de reiniciar\n"
#~ "Agarde.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "**************************************************************\n"
@@ -3774,13 +3429,7 @@
#~| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
#~| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
#~| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\\na graphical "
-#~ "installation. There is either less than %1 MB\\nmemory or the X server "
-#~ "could not be started.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will "
-#~ "guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\\nsame "
-#~ "functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from those "
-#~ "in the manual.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\\na graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\\nmemory or the X server could not be started.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from those in the manual.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O seu computador non cumpre os requisitos para unha\n"
#~ "instalación gráfica. Ou ten menos de %1 MB de memoria,\n"
@@ -3802,13 +3451,7 @@
#~| "through the installation. This front-end offers the\n"
#~| "same functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\n"
#~| "differ from those in the manual.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The graphical interface could not be started.\\n\\nEither the required "
-#~ "packages were not installed (minimal installation) \\nor the graphics "
-#~ "card is not properly supported.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of "
-#~ "YaST2 will guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the"
-#~ "\\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from "
-#~ "those in the manual.\\n"
+#~ msgid "The graphical interface could not be started.\\n\\nEither the required packages were not installed (minimal installation) \\nor the graphics card is not properly supported.\\n\\nAs fallback, the text front-end of YaST2 will guide you\\nthrough the installation. This front-end offers the\\nsame functionality as the graphical one, but the screens\\ndiffer from those in the manual.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se puido iniciar a interface gráfica.\n"
#~ "\n"
@@ -3826,9 +3469,7 @@
#~| "Would you like it to continue?\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The previous installation has failed.\\nWould you like it to continue?\\n"
-#~ "\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again."
+#~ msgid "The previous installation has failed.\\nWould you like it to continue?\\n\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A instalación anterior fallou.\n"
#~ "Desexa continuala?\n"
@@ -3841,9 +3482,7 @@
#~| "Would you like it to continue?\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Note: You may have to enter some information again."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The previous installation has been aborted.\\nWould you like it to "
-#~ "continue?\\n\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again."
+#~ msgid "The previous installation has been aborted.\\nWould you like it to continue?\\n\\nNote: You may have to enter some information again."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A instalación anterior foi abortada.\n"
#~ "Desexa continuala?\n"
@@ -3853,15 +3492,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
-#~| "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted\n"
+#~| "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
#~| "(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
#~| "installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\\npartitions</b> on your hard disk "
-#~ "will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\\n(<b>erasing any existing "
-#~ "data</b> in those partitions) according to the\\ninstallation settings in "
-#~ "the previous dialogs.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\\npartitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\\n(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\\ninstallation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se continúa agora, <b>as particións existentes</b>\n"
#~ "no seu disco duro hanse <b>borrar</b> ou <b>formatar</b>\n"
@@ -3871,12 +3505,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
-#~| "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in "
-#~| "the\n"
+#~| "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
#~| "previous dialogs.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\\nhard disk will be modified "
-#~ "according to the installation settings in the\\nprevious dialogs.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\\nhard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\\nprevious dialogs.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se continúa agora, as particións do seu\n"
#~ "disco duro vanse modificar segundo as preferencias de instalación\n"
@@ -3887,9 +3518,7 @@
#~| "\n"
#~| "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
#~| "according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\\n<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten"
-#~ "\\naccording to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
+#~ msgid "\\n<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\\naccording to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<p>Se continúa agora, os datos do seu disco duro vanse sobrescribir\n"
@@ -3903,11 +3532,7 @@
#~| "This is worth reporting a bug at %2.\n"
#~| "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\n"
#~| "See %4 for more information about YaST logs.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Switching to the installed system has failed.\\nFind more information "
-#~ "near the end of the '%1' file.\\n\\nThis is worth reporting a bug at %2."
-#~ "\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\\nSee %4 "
-#~ "for more information about YaST logs.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Switching to the installed system has failed.\\nFind more information near the end of the '%1' file.\\n\\nThis is worth reporting a bug at %2.\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\\nSee %4 for more information about YaST logs.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fallo ao cambiar ao sistema instalado.\n"
#~ "Pode atopar máis información ao final do ficheiro '%1'.\n"
@@ -3920,13 +3545,10 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
#~| "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs "
-#~ "stored in the '%2' directory.\\n"
+#~ msgid "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\\nPlease, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Isto merece enviar un informe dun erro en %1.\n"
-#~ "Por favor, anexe todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio "
-#~ "'%2'.\n"
+#~ "Por favor, anexe todos os rexistros de YaST almacenados no directorio '%2'.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -3938,8 +3560,7 @@
#~ "found for the installation.\n"
#~ "Check your hardware.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-#~ "installation.\n"
+#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Non se atoparon discos duros ou controladores de\n"
#~ "disco duro para a instalación.\n"
@@ -3987,12 +3608,9 @@
#~ msgstr "Iniciando as fontes..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
-#~ "up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your "
-#~ "selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be "
-#~ "installed from \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
+#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
+#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>A <b>Instalación desde imaxes</b> úsase para acelerar a instalación.\n"
@@ -4000,26 +3618,19 @@
#~ "concordan coa súa selección de patróns. O resto dos paquetes que non\n"
#~ "están nas imaxes hanse instalar con paquetes da forma normal.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please "
-#~ "wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>A instalación está a escribir a configuración automática agora mesmo. "
-#~ "Agarde...</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>A instalación está a escribir a configuración automática agora mesmo. Agarde...</p>"
#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Agarde mentres a instalación está comprobando as tarxetas de rede..."
+#~ msgstr "Agarde mentres a instalación está comprobando as tarxetas de rede..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely "
-#~ "abort.\n"
+#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Non se modificou de ningunha maneira o seu disco, así que ainda pode "
-#~ "abortar con seguridade.\n"
+#~ "Non se modificou de ningunha maneira o seu disco, así que ainda pode abortar con seguridade.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices"
@@ -4044,25 +3655,20 @@
#~ msgstr "Re¶r o sistema instalado"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux "
-#~ "system on\n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reparar sistema instalado</b> se ten un sistema Linux "
-#~ "danado no\n"
-#~ "disco duro. Esta opción pode intentar resolver automaticamente os "
-#~ "problemas.\n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccione <b>Reparar sistema instalado</b> se ten un sistema Linux danado no\n"
+#~ "disco duro. Esta opción pode intentar resolver automaticamente os problemas.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The features <b>Update</b> and <b>Repair Installed System</b> are "
-#~ "only\n"
+#~ "<p>The features <b>Update</b> and <b>Repair Installed System</b> are only\n"
#~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>As funcionalidades <b>Actualizar</b> e <b>Reparar sistema instalado\n"
+#~ "<p>As funcionalidades <b>Actualizar</b> e <b>Reparar sistema instalado</b>\n"
#~ "só están dispoñibles se se detectou algún sistema Linux.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -4078,20 +3684,17 @@
#~ "<p>Selecting <b>Other</b>, you can chose a minimal installation that\n"
#~ "could fit your needs better.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccionando <b>Outros</b>, pode escoller unha instalación mínima "
-#~ "que\n"
+#~ "<p>Seleccionando <b>Outros</b>, pode escoller unha instalación mínima que\n"
#~ "se adapte mellor ás súas necesidades.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n"
#~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n"
-#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' "
-#~ "directory."
+#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Fallo ó acceder ó módulo %1 de YaST.\n"
#~ "Pode atopar máis información no ficheiro '%2'.\n"
-#~ "Por favor comunique este erro en %3 e inclúa os logs de YaST almacenados "
-#~ "no directorio '%4'."
+#~ "Por favor comunique este erro en %3 e inclúa os logs de YaST almacenados no directorio '%4'."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/instserver.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -365,16 +365,14 @@
"installed and started.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no "
-"ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n"
+"<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n"
"iniciarse o servidor NFS.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n"
-"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use "
-"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
+"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -386,14 +384,12 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
-"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the "
-"available\n"
+"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n"
"options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ademais, estableza as opcións de exportación. Para obter máis detalles\n"
-"sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports\n"
+"sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports</em>\n"
"(man exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -439,12 +435,10 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
-"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following "
-"URL:\n"
+"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o "
-"seguinte URL:\n"
+"<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o seguinte URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69
@@ -476,8 +470,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown "
-"below:</p>\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Seleccione un alias curto e fácil de lembrar. Por exemplo, se\n"
"selecciona <em>SUSE</em> coma alias, os repositorios estarán dispoñibles\n"
@@ -501,8 +494,7 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all "
-"product\n"
+"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n"
"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
msgstr ""
@@ -516,34 +508,23 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
-"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation "
-"server. \n"
+"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de "
-"instalación. \n"
+"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de instalación. \n"
"Se está marcado, hase anunciar o repositorio na rede usando SLP.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base "
-"product, and press\n"
+"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte dun "
-"produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó repositorio "
-"local.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte dun produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó repositorio local.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add "
-"additional\n"
-"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá "
-"engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou "
-"calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n"
+"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
+"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>"
@@ -551,12 +532,10 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next, you can\n"
+"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
"select ISO image files.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte,\n"
+"<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte</b>,\n"
"poderá seleccionar ficheiros de imaxes ISO.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -575,8 +554,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para abortar de xeito seguro a utilidade de actualización, prema en "
-"<b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Para abortar de xeito seguro a utilidade de actualización, prema en <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114
@@ -611,18 +589,14 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
-"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then "
-"made \n"
+"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n"
"available for configuration.\n"
-"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories "
-"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Engadindo un Repositorio:</b><br>\n"
-"Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio e "
-"despois\n"
+"Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio e despois\n"
"estarán dispoñibles para configurar.\n"
-"Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen "
-"configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
+"Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
@@ -666,8 +640,7 @@
#. Read service data using _auto
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
-"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd "
-"package\n"
+"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
"O servidor de instalación por FTP require un paquete de servidor FTP.\n"
@@ -682,8 +655,7 @@
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458
msgid ""
-"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 "
-"package\n"
+"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n"
"will now be installed."
msgstr ""
"O servidor de instalación por HTTP require un paquete de servidor HTTP.\n"
@@ -787,9 +759,7 @@
#~| "by the current repository.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Select the base product medium first."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\\nby the current "
-#~ "repository.\\n\\nSelect the base product medium first."
+#~ msgid "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\\nby the current repository.\\n\\nSelect the base product medium first."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O soporte precisa o produto %1, que non se proporciona\n"
#~ "no repositorio actual.\n"
@@ -809,9 +779,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
#~| "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\\nPackage CD, etc.) "
-#~ "to the repository?"
+#~ msgid "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\\nPackage CD, etc.) to the repository?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Engadir un produto adicional (Service Pack, CD de\n"
#~ "Paquetes Adicionais, etc.) ó repositorio?"
@@ -831,9 +799,7 @@
#~| "Verify that the directory \n"
#~| " %1 \n"
#~| "is writable and try again.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\\nVerify that the "
-#~ "directory \\n %1 \\nis writable and try again.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\\nVerify that the directory \\n %1 \\nis writable and try again.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Erro mentres se creaba o directorio do <tt>repositorio</tt>\n"
#~ "Verifique que se pode escribir no directorio \n"
@@ -847,10 +813,7 @@
#~| "the old content must deleted right now.\n"
#~| "\n"
#~| "Really delete the old content and create it from scratch?"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\\nWhen adding a new repository "
-#~ "with the same name\\nthe old content must deleted right now.\\n\\nReally "
-#~ "delete the old content and create it from scratch?"
+#~ msgid "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\\nWhen adding a new repository with the same name\\nthe old content must deleted right now.\\n\\nReally delete the old content and create it from scratch?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O repositorio '%1' foi marcado para a súa eliminación.\n"
#~ "Cando se engade un novo repositorio co mesmo nome\n"
@@ -869,13 +832,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the "
-#~| "repositories\n"
+#~| "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n"
#~| "should be hosted on the local system.\n"
#~| "</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories"
-#~ "\\nshould be hosted on the local system.\\n</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\\nshould be hosted on the local system.\\n</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Seleccione unha das opcións do servidor e especifique en que parte\n"
#~ "do sistema local se deben almacenar tódolos repositorios.\n"
@@ -887,10 +847,7 @@
#~| "server configuration manually, select not to configure \n"
#~| "the services.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the"
-#~ "\\nserver configuration manually, select not to configure \\nthe services."
-#~ "\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\\nserver configuration manually, select not to configure \\nthe services.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se xa se está executando algún dos servizos e desexa facer a\n"
#~ "man a configuración, seleccione non configurar os servizos.\n"
@@ -911,29 +868,19 @@
#~| "<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n"
#~| "installed and started.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\\n<em>/etc/"
-#~ "exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \\ninstalled and "
-#~ "started.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\\n<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \\ninstalled and started.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no "
-#~ "ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n"
+#~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe engadirse unha nova entrada no ficheiro <em>/etc/exports</em> e debe instalarse e\n"
#~ "iniciarse o servidor NFS.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to "
-#~| "certain \n"
-#~| "hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use "
-#~| "<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
+#~| "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n"
+#~| "hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
#~| "to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain "
-#~ "\\nhosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use "
-#~ "<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\\nto restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> "
-#~ "subnet.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \\nhosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\\nto restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se precisa restrinxir o acceso ós directorios exportados\n"
#~ "a certas máquinas, engada un comodín de máscara máis\n"
@@ -943,19 +890,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the "
-#~| "available\n"
+#~| "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n"
#~| "options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the "
-#~ "available\\noptions, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports"
-#~ "(5))\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\\noptions, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Ademais, estableza as opcións de exportación. Para obter máis "
-#~ "detalles\n"
-#~ "sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports\n"
+#~ "<p>Ademais, estableza as opcións de exportación. Para obter máis detalles\n"
+#~ "sobre as opcións dispoñibles, consulte a páxina de manual de <em>exports</em>\n"
#~ "(man exports(5))\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -963,9 +904,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n"
#~| "<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\\n<tt>nfs://"
-#~ "Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\\n<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O repositorio estará dispoñible no seguinte URL:\n"
#~ "<tt>nfs://IP_do_Servidor/Nome_do_Repositorio</tt></p>"
@@ -983,9 +922,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n"
#~| "installed and started.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \\ninstalled and "
-#~ "started.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \\ninstalled and started.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe instalarse e\n"
#~ "iniciarse un servidor FTP.</p>\n"
@@ -993,16 +930,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n"
-#~| "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab.\n"
+#~| "the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
#~| "This makes the software repository directory available under the\n"
#~| "FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\\nthe FTP "
-#~ "server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\nThis "
-#~ "makes the software repository directory available under the\\nFTP server "
-#~ "(using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\\nthe FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\\nThis makes the software repository directory available under the\\nFTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Se o directorio do repositorio de software seleccionado\n"
#~ "está fóra da xerarquía do servidor FTP, engádese unha\n"
@@ -1014,15 +946,11 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the "
-#~| "following URL:\n"
+#~| "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n"
#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the "
-#~ "following URL:\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o "
-#~ "seguinte URL:\n"
+#~ "<p>O servidor de instalación estará dispoñible para os clientes usando o seguinte URL:\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -1046,13 +974,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n"
-#~| "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the "
-#~| "installation\n"
+#~| "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n"
#~| "server root directory.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \\ninstalled "
-#~ "and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation"
-#~ "\\nserver root directory.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \\ninstalled and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\\nserver root directory.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Para completar esta configuración, debe instalarse e\n"
#~ "iniciarse un servidor HTTP. O alias hase usar para referirse ó\n"
@@ -1060,14 +984,9 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you "
-#~| "select\n"
-#~| "<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown "
-#~| "below:</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select"
-#~ "\\n<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as "
-#~ "shown below:</p>\\n"
+#~| "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
+#~| "<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\\n<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Seleccione un alias curto e fácil de lembrar. Por exemplo, se\n"
#~ "selecciona <em>SUSE</em> coma alias, os repositorios estarán dispoñibles\n"
@@ -1077,11 +996,9 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n"
#~| "</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\\n</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\\n</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><tt>http://<IP do Servidor>/SUSE/<Nome do Repositorio>\n"
+#~ "<p><tt>http://<IP do Servidor>/SUSE/<Nome do Repositorio></tt>\n"
#~ "</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -1095,14 +1012,10 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all "
-#~| "product\n"
+#~| "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n"
#~| "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
#~| "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all "
-#~ "product\\nCDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the"
-#~ "\\nconfigured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\\nCDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\\nconfigured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O nome do repositorio úsase para crear un directorio no que se copian\n"
#~ "e xestionan tódolos CDs do produto. Ó repositorio accédese usando o\n"
@@ -1110,68 +1023,41 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation "
-#~| "server. \n"
-#~| "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation "
-#~ "server. \\nIf checked, the repository will be announced on the network "
-#~ "using SLP.</p>\\n"
+#~| "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
+#~| "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \\nIf checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de "
-#~ "instalación. \n"
+#~ "<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita atopar un servidor de instalación. \n"
#~ "Se está marcado, hase anunciar o repositorio na rede usando SLP.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a "
-#~| "base product, and press\n"
+#~| "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
#~| "<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base "
-#~ "product, and press\\n<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local "
-#~ "repository.</p>\\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte "
-#~ "dun produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó "
-#~ "repositorio local.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\\n<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Seleccione unha unidade fonte para a lista, insira o primeiro soporte dun produto básico, e prema <b>Seguinte</b> para copiar o contido ó repositorio local.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add "
-#~| "additional\n"
-#~| "CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs)."
-#~| "</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add "
-#~ "additional\\nCDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any "
-#~ "add-on CDs).</p>\\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá "
-#~ "engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou "
-#~ "calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n"
+#~| "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
+#~| "CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\\nCDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\\n"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Cando se copien os soportes principais ó repositorio local, poderá engadir CDs adicionais ó repositorio (por exemplo, CDs de Service Pack ou calquera CD de complementos).</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press "
-#~| "<b>Next</b>, you can\n"
+#~| "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
#~| "select ISO image files.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press "
-#~ "<b>Next</b>, you can\\nselect ISO image files.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\\nselect ISO image files.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte,\n"
+#~ "<p>Pode usarse imaxes ISO en troques de CD ou DVD. Se preme <b>Seguinte</b>,\n"
#~ "poderá seleccionar ficheiros de imaxes ISO.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuración</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Agarde...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1180,13 +1066,10 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the "
-#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Cancelando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema "
-#~ "en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>"
+#~ "Para cancelar a utilidade de configuración de xeito seguro, prema en<b>Cancelar</b> agora.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
@@ -1202,23 +1085,17 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by "
-#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe "
-#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n"
-#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
#~| "Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\\nConfigure the installation "
-#~ "server here.<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\\nConfigure the installation server here.<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Configuración de Repositorio</b><br>\n"
#~ "Configure aquí o servidor de instalación.<br></p>\n"
@@ -1226,32 +1103,22 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
-#~| "Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and "
-#~| "then made \n"
+#~| "Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n"
#~| "available for configuration.\n"
-#~| "To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured "
-#~| "repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nUnconfigured directories are "
-#~ "detected in the repository directory and then made \\navailable for "
-#~ "configuration.\\nTo add a repository, select it from the list of "
-#~ "unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~| "To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nUnconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \\navailable for configuration.\\nTo add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Engadindo un Repositorio:</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio "
-#~ "e despois\n"
+#~ "Os directorios sen configurar son detectados no directorio do repositorio e despois\n"
#~ "estarán dispoñibles para configurar.\n"
-#~ "Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen "
-#~ "configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
+#~ "Para engadir un repositorio, seleccióneo na lista e repositorios sen configurar e prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
#~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, "
-#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Se preme <b>Editar</b>, abrirase un diálogo adicional no\n"
@@ -1262,9 +1129,7 @@
#~| "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n"
#~| "Here you get an overview of the configured repositories. Additionally,\n"
#~| "you are able to edit their configuration.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\\nGet an overview of the configured "
-#~ "repositories and edit their \\nconfiguration if necessary.<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\\nGet an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \\nconfiguration if necessary.<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Resumo de Repositorios</b><br>\n"
#~ "Aquí ten un resumo dos repositorios configurados. Ademais poderá\n"
@@ -1274,9 +1139,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
#~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a "
-#~ "repository.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Engadindo un Repositorio:</b><br>\n"
#~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un repositorio.</p>\n"
@@ -1286,10 +1149,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n"
#~| "press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose the repository you "
-#~ "want to change or remove and\\npress <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, "
-#~ "respectively.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\\nChoose the repository you want to change or remove and\\npress <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editando ou Eliminando:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Elixa o repositorio que desexa cambiar ou eliminar e prema\n"
@@ -1297,24 +1157,18 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd "
-#~| "package\n"
+#~| "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
#~| "will now be installed.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd "
-#~ "package\\nwill now be installed.\\n"
+#~ msgid "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\\nwill now be installed.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O servidor de instalación por FTP require un paquete de servidor FTP.\n"
#~ "Vaise instalar o paquete vsftpd.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The "
-#~| "apache2 package\n"
+#~| "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n"
#~| "will now be installed."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 "
-#~ "package\\nwill now be installed."
+#~ msgid "The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\\nwill now be installed."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O servidor de instalación por HTTP require un paquete de servidor HTTP.\n"
#~ "Vaise instalar o paquete apache2."
@@ -1323,8 +1177,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
#~| "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Directory is already exported via NFS.\\nLeave NFS exports unmodified?\\n"
+#~ msgid "Directory is already exported via NFS.\\nLeave NFS exports unmodified?\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O directorio xa está exportado a través de NFS.\n"
#~ "Deixar sen cambios as exportacións de NFS?\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iplb.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuración Global"
#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
@@ -93,11 +93,11 @@
#. ids of widget of global dialog
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "yes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "si"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "no"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "non"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
msgid "&Global Configuration"
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
msgid "Execute"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Executar"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
@@ -176,151 +176,88 @@
"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|"
-"syslog_facility\n"
-"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the "
-"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls "
-"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has "
-"changed on\n"
-"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on "
-"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name "
-"of the\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> "
-"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if "
-"<b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named "
-"<i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the "
-"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the "
-"configuration file changed\n"
-"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous "
-"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every "
-"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will "
-"increase\n"
-"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many "
-"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate "
-"instances\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All "
-"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful "
-"to run\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/ or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/"
-"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -328,87 +265,42 @@
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|"
-"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than "
-"zero. The\n"
-"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> "
-"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->"
-"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request<b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended "
-"primarily for\n"
-"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a "
-"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in "
-"which case\n"
-"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server "
-"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, "
-"must be\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and "
-"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will "
-"be\n"
-"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-"
-"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the "
-"request-receive\n"
-"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the "
-"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
-"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server "
-"is used.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual "
-"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> "
-"address of a\n"
-"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running "
-"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its "
-"virtual\n"
-"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is "
-"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way "
-"that the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The "
-"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
-"emailalertfreq and\n"
-"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in "
-"which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a "
-"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> "
-"connection, thus the\n"
-"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then "
-"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one "
-"negotiate\n"
-"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and "
-"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
-"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real "
-"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> "
-"services. Off\n"
-"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be "
-"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always "
-"be\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|"
-"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|"
-"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|"
-"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None "
-"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it "
-"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the "
-"server\n"
-"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p>
\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -431,9 +323,7 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be "
-"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
-"everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -444,105 +334,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
-"port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
-"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
-"overridden by\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, "
-"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
-"or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
-"occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
-"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in "
-"mind that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
-"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
-"overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
-"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
-"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
-"the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> "
-"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or "
-"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> "
-"request. In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name "
-"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will "
-"be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last "
-"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
-"in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
-"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
-"configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
-"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
-"will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , "
-"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
-"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at "
-"run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
-"performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
-"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
-"against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
-"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
-"(set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -556,120 +409,73 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
-"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
-"mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the "
-"port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
-"53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -687,7 +493,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Servizo"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
@@ -711,11 +517,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Inicio de sesión"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Contrasinal"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
@@ -731,7 +537,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Máscara de rede"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
@@ -739,7 +545,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Protocolo"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
@@ -747,15 +553,15 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Engadir"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Editar"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Eliminar"
#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
@@ -781,11 +587,11 @@
#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Aceptar"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Cancelar"
#. split the real server ip value;
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
@@ -823,7 +629,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Iniciando..."
#. Read all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -850,7 +656,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Finalizado"
#. Write all iplb settings
#. @return true on success
@@ -860,19 +666,19 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escribir as opcións"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Escribindo os parámetros..."
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
@@ -882,10 +688,10 @@
#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Non se puideron escribir as opcións."
#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Resumo de configuración..."
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-client.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -250,8 +250,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialización</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar."
-"</b> agora</p>\n"
+"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
@@ -342,13 +341,11 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add.\n"
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir.\n"
+"Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n"
"Para eliminalo, prema <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n"
"Para modificar o estado de inicio, prema <b>Alternar</b>.\n"
@@ -359,67 +356,42 @@
msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
-"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
-"corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, "
-"asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco "
-"potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n"
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
-"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n"
-"Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde "
-"a configuración da BIOS.</p>"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
-"be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) "
-"para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n"
-"introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado "
-"debería ser 3205.\n"
+"Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n"
+"introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Introduza o <b>enderezo IP</b> do servidor descuberto.\n"
-"Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o "
-"<b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita "
-"autenticación,\n"
+"Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita autenticación,\n"
"escolla <b>Non autenticación</b>.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
-"<b>Connect</b>. "
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de nodos ofrecidos polo destino iSCSI. Escolla un elemento e prema "
-"<b>Conectar</b>."
+msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos polo destino iSCSI. Escolla un elemento e prema <b>Conectar</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and "
-"<b>Password</b>."
-msgstr ""
-"Escolla o tipo de autenticación e introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o "
-"<b>Contrasinal</b>."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "Escolla o tipo de autenticación e introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
@@ -429,22 +401,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
-"when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> "
-"to any target."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de destinos descubertos. Inicie un novo <b>Descubrimento</b> ou "
-"<b>Conectar</b> con calquera destino."
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "Lista de destinos descubertos. Inicie un novo <b>Descubrimento</b> ou <b>Conectar</b> con calquera destino."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -545,12 +511,8 @@
#. check if not already connected
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
-msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
-"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr ""
-"O destino con este TargetName xa está conectado. Comprobe que as vías "
-"múltiples estean habilitadas para evitar a corrupción de datos."
+msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr "O destino con este TargetName xa está conectado. Comprobe que as vías múltiples estean habilitadas para evitar a corrupción de datos."
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
@@ -580,12 +542,8 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar o iniciador iSCSI, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar "
-"instalado.</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar o iniciador iSCSI, o paquete <b>%1</b> debe estar instalado.</p>"
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -684,9 +642,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do iniciador iSCSI </big></b><br>\n"
#~ " Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n"
@@ -695,21 +651,16 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the "
-#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora "
-#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease "
-#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do iniciador iSCSI </big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n"
@@ -719,23 +670,17 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by "
-#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe "
-#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n"
-#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an "
-#~ "iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Configure un iniciador iSCSI aquí.<br></p>\n"
@@ -744,19 +689,13 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n"
-#~| "If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected).\n"
+#~| "If your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
#~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nSelect an iSCSI "
-#~ "initiator from the list of detected initiators.\\nIf your iSCSI initiator "
-#~ "was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press "
-#~ "<b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nSelect an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\\nIf your iSCSI initiator was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Seleccione un iniciador iSCSI na lista de iniciadores detectados.\n"
-#~ "Se non se detectou o iniciador iSCSI, utilice <b>Outro (non detectado).\n"
+#~ "Se non se detectou o iniciador iSCSI, utilice <b>Outro (non detectado).</b>\n"
#~ "A continuación, prema <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
@@ -764,9 +703,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
#~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, "
-#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional\n"
@@ -777,10 +714,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n"
#~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain "
-#~ "an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\\nedit their "
-#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Resumo da configuración do iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Obteña un resumo dos iniciadores iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente\n"
@@ -790,9 +724,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to "
-#~ "configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un iniciador iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un iniciador iSCSI.</p>\n"
@@ -802,10 +734,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n"
#~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI Initiator "
-#~ "to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired."
-#~ "</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Escolla o iniciador iSCSI que desexe modificar uo eliminar.\n"
@@ -813,111 +742,62 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press "
-#~| "<b>Add</b>.\n"
+#~| "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
#~| "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
#~| "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press "
-#~ "<b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\\nTo change the start-"
-#~ "up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\\n"
+#~ msgid "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\\nTo remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\\nTo change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir.\n"
+#~ "Lista de sesións actuais. Para engadir un novo destino, prema <b>Engadir</b>.\n"
#~ "Para eliminalo, prema <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n"
#~ "Para modificar o estado de inicio, prema <b>Alternar</b>.\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure "
-#~| "that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of "
-#~| "data corruption.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure "
-#~ "that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of "
-#~ "data corruption.</p>\\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un "
-#~ "risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n"
+#~| msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+#~ msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Cando acceda a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b>/<b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que o acceso sexa exclusivo. Doutro xeito, existirá un risco potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-#~| "iscsi</tt>. \n"
-#~| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are "
-#~| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-#~ "iscsi</tt>. \\nIn case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there "
-#~ "and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#~| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \\nIn case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi. \n"
-#~ "Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo "
-#~ "desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> é un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#~ "Se dispón de iBFT, este valor tomarase desde alí e só poderá cambialo desde a configuración da BIOS.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-#~| "discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-#~| "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port "
-#~| "should be 3205.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-#~ "discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\\nfill in "
-#~ "the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be "
-#~ "3205.\\n"
+#~| "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+#~| "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
+#~ msgid "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\\nfill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de "
-#~ "Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado "
-#~ "SendTargets,\n"
-#~ "introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto "
-#~ "predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n"
+#~ "Se desexa usar <b>iSNS</b> (Servizo de Almacenamento de Nomes de Internet) para descubrir destinos en vez do método predeterminado SendTargets,\n"
+#~ "introduza o enderezo IP e o porto do servidor iSNS. O porto predeterminado debería ser 3205.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#~| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
#~| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\\nOnly change "
-#~ "<b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and "
-#~ "<b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\\nselect <b>No "
-#~ "Authentication</b>.\\n"
+#~ msgid "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\\nOnly change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\\nselect <b>No Authentication</b>.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Introduza o <b>enderezo IP</b> do servidor descuberto.\n"
-#~ "Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, "
-#~ "utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita "
-#~ "autenticación,\n"
+#~ "Cambie só o <b>Porto</b> cando sexa preciso. Para a autenticación, utilice o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. Se non necesita autenticación,\n"
#~ "escolla <b>Non autenticación</b>.\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets to not be connected by default, "
-#~| "user needs to do it manually</p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, ie "
-#~| "when root is on\n"
+#~| "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets to not be connected by default, user needs to do it manually</p>\n"
+#~| "<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, ie when root is on\n"
#~| "iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated from the initrd.</p>\n"
-#~| "<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
-#~| "service itself\n"
+#~| "<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service itself\n"
#~| "starts up.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by"
-#~ "\\ndefault, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\\n<p><b>onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\\nroot is "
-#~ "on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>"
-#~ "\\n<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the "
-#~ "iSCSI service\\nstarts up.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\\ndefault, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\\n<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\\nroot is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\\n<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\\nstarts up.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>manual</b> é para que os destinos iSCSI non sexan conectados por "
-#~ "defecto, o usuario precisa facelo a man</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>no arrinque</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados "
-#~ "durante o arrinque, p.e. cando root está activo\n"
+#~ "<p><b>manual</b> é para que os destinos iSCSI non sexan conectados por defecto, o usuario precisa facelo a man</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>no arrinque</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados durante o arrinque, p.e. cando root está activo\n"
#~ "iSCSI. Avaliarase como tal desde o initrd.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>automático</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados cando "
-#~ "o servizo iSCSI\n"
+#~ "<p><b>automático</b> é para que os destinos ISCSI sexan conectados cando o servizo iSCSI\n"
#~ "inicie.</p>"
#, fuzzy
@@ -929,10 +809,7 @@
#~| "\n"
#~| "Example:\n"
#~| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Incorrect InitiatorName.\\nThe correct syntax is\\niqn.yyyy-mm.reversed."
-#~ "domain.name[:identifier]\\nor eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:"
-#~ "identifier]\\n\\nExample:\\niqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\\n"
+#~ msgid "Incorrect InitiatorName.\\nThe correct syntax is\\niqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\\nor eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\\n\\nExample:\\niqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "InitiatorName incorrecto.\n"
#~ "A sintaxe correcta é\n"
@@ -944,21 +821,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> "
-#~| "differ.\n"
-#~| "The old initiatorname will be replaced by the value of iBFT and create a "
-#~| "backup.\n"
+#~| "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> differ.\n"
+#~| "The old initiatorname will be replaced by the value of iBFT and create a backup.\n"
#~| "If you want to use a different initiatorname, change it in the BIOS."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>"
-#~ "\\ndiffer. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT "
-#~ "and a \\nbackup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, "
-#~ "change it \\nin the BIOS.\\n"
+#~ msgid "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\\ndiffer. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \\nbackup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \\nin the BIOS.\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Os valores de InitiatorName e de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> "
-#~ "son diferentes.\n"
-#~ "O valor antigo de initiatorname substituirase polo de iBFT e crearase "
-#~ "unha copia de seguridade.\n"
+#~ "Os valores de InitiatorName e de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> son diferentes.\n"
+#~ "O valor antigo de initiatorname substituirase polo de iBFT e crearase unha copia de seguridade.\n"
#~ "Se desexa usar un valor distinto de initiatorname, modifíqueo na BIOS."
#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-lio-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -291,8 +291,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar."
-"</b> agora</p>\n"
+"Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema <b>Cancelar.</b> agora</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
@@ -425,59 +424,30 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-#| "<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-#| "<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
-#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or "
-#| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
+#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
+msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben "
-"<b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén "
-"puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de "
-"usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
-"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> "
-"máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
+"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
+"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
-"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi "
-"initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-#| "<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-#| "<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
-#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or "
-#| "<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
-"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
-"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
-"Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
-"disabled here.</p>"
+#| "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
+#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
+msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben "
-"<b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén "
-"puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de "
-"usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
-"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> "
-"máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
+"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén puede escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Nome de usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
+"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to "
-"the LUN.</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
@@ -485,18 +455,13 @@
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
-#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or "
-#| "<b>Delete</b>."
+#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir. \n"
-"Para modificar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Modificar</b> ou en "
-"<b>Borrar</b>."
+"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</b>. \n"
+"Para modificar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Modificar</b> ou en <b>Borrar</b>."
#. edit target
#. add target
@@ -509,11 +474,9 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
@@ -521,8 +484,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
@@ -533,40 +495,28 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"É posible <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>borrar</b> todas as opcións de "
-"configuración adicionais."
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "É posible <b>engadir</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>borrar</b> todas as opcións de configuración adicionais."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-#| "purposes). \n"
-#| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-#| "<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+#| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n"
+#| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para "
-"propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n"
-"Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao "
-"ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais."
+"Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n"
+"Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
@@ -925,9 +875,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>"
-#~ "\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Iniciando a configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Espere, por favor...<br></p>\n"
@@ -936,21 +884,16 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the "
-#~ "configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando o inicio:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora "
-#~ "mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Para abortar con seguridade a utilidade de configuración, prema agora mesmo en <b>Abortar</b>.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease "
-#~ "wait...<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nPlease wait...<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Gardando a configuración do destino iSCSI </big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Por favor, espere...<br></p>\n"
@@ -960,23 +903,17 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
#~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by "
-#~ "pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe "
-#~ "to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\\nAbort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Abortando a gravación:</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Aborte a gravación premendo en <B>Abortar</b>.\n"
-#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto."
-#~ "</p>"
+#~ "Un cadro de diálogo adicional informaralle se é seguro ou non facer isto.</p>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some informations about\n"
#~| "targets into selected file.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\\ntargets into "
-#~ "selected file.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\\ntargets into selected file.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>O botón<b>Gardar</b> exportará algunhas informacións sobre\n"
#~ "os destinos dentro do ficheiro seleccionado.</p>"
@@ -985,9 +922,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI "
-#~ "target here.<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\\nConfigure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Configure un destino iSCSI.<br></p>\n"
@@ -998,11 +933,7 @@
#~| "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n"
#~| "If your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
#~| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target "
-#~ "from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\\nIf your target was not "
-#~ "detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>."
-#~ "</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\\nIf your target was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\\nThen press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Adición dun destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Escolla un destino iSCSI na lista de destinos iSCSI detectados.\n"
@@ -1014,9 +945,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
#~| "the configuration opens.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, "
-#~ "an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nIf you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\\nthe configuration opens.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Se preme <b>Editar,</b> abrirase un cadro de diálogo adicional\n"
@@ -1027,10 +956,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n"
#~| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an "
-#~ "overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\\nedit their "
-#~ "configurations.<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\\nObtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\\nedit their configurations.<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Resumo de configuración do destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Acceda a un resumo dos destinos iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n"
@@ -1040,9 +966,7 @@
#~| msgid ""
#~| "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to "
-#~ "configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Engadir un destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Prema <b>Engadir</b> para configurar un destino iSCSI.</p>"
@@ -1052,10 +976,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n"
#~| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target to "
-#~ "change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\\nChoose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\\nThen press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Edición ou eliminación</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Escolla o destino iSCSI que desexe modificar ou eliminar.\n"
@@ -1066,9 +987,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
#~| "<br></p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to "
-#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Primeira parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n"
@@ -1079,9 +998,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
#~| "</p>"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You "
-#~ "must code it first. :-)\\n</p>"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\\nIt is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\\n</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Selección dalgún elemento</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Non é posible. Débese codificar primeiro. :-)\n"
@@ -1092,9 +1009,7 @@
#~| "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
#~| "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
#~| "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to "
-#~ "continue.\\n<br></p>\\n"
+#~ msgid "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\\nPress <b>Next</b> to continue.\\n<br></p>\\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Segunda parte da configuración</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Prema <b>Seguinte</b> para continuar.\n"
@@ -1102,19 +1017,12 @@
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-#~| "purposes). \n"
-#~| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-#~| "<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-#~ "purposes). \\nIf Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file."
-#~ "<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+#~| "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \n"
+#~| "If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+#~ msgid "Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes). \\nIf Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para "
-#~ "propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n"
-#~ "Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao "
-#~ "ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais."
+#~ "Edite o número dun <b>LUN</b> se procede e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (para propósitos de comprobación emprégase nullio). \n"
+#~ "Se o tipo é fileio, indique a <b>ruta</b> ao dispositivo de disco ou ao ficheiro. <b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Sectores</b> son opcionais."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration"
Modified: trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:28:59 UTC (rev 89750)
+++ trunk/yast/gl/po/iscsi-server.gl.po 2014-10-07 15:29:37 UTC (rev 89751)
@@ -213,8 +213,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interromper a inicialización</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en "
-"<b>Interromper</b>.</p>\n"
+"Para saír con seguridade da utilidade de configuración, prema agora en <b>Interromper</b>.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46
@@ -347,38 +346,24 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
-"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
-"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
-"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
-"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or "
-"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
+"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>.\n"
+"For incoming authentication, it is possible to <b>Add</b> more pairs or <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> them."
msgstr ""
-"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben "
-"<b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén pode "
-"escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Usuario</b> e o "
-"<b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
-"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> "
-"máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
+"Seleccione o tipo de autenticación. Utilice <b>Sen autenticación</b>, ou ben <b>Autenticación de entrada</b> ou <b>Autenticación de saída</b> (tamén pode escoller ámbalas dúas). A continuación, introduza o <b>Usuario</b> e o <b>Contrasinal</b>. \n"
+"No caso da autenticación de entrada existe a posibilidade de <b>Engadir</b> máis pares, <b>Editalos</b> e <b>Eliminalos</b>."
#. target dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>. \n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete."
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Modify</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir. \n"
-"Para cambiar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Cambiar</b> ou en <b>Eliminar."
+"Lista de destinos ofrecidos. Para crear un destino novo prema en <b>Engadir</b>. \n"
+"Para cambiar ou crear un elemento prema en <b>Cambiar</b> ou en <b>Eliminar</b>."
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, "
-"LVM, or RAID.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Existe a posibilidade de cambiar a <b>Ruta</b> para bloquear dispositivos, "
-"ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n"
+msgid "It is possible to change the <b>Path</b> to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n"
+msgstr "Existe a posibilidade de cambiar a <b>Ruta</b> para bloquear dispositivos, ficheiros normais, LVM ou RAID.\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131
msgid ""
@@ -386,12 +371,9 @@
"For <b>Target</b>, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>.\n"
"For <b>Path</b>, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Crear un novo destino. Substitúa os valores do modelo polos valores "
-"correctos.\n"
-"Para o <b>Destino</b>, utilice o seguinte formato: iqn.yyyy-mm.